THE BENSON LIBRARY OF HYMNOLOGY
Endowed by the Reverend
Louis Fitzgerald Benson, d.d.
t
LIBRARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY
57X1
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Calvin College
http://www.archive.org/details/victorycollectioOOgabr
THE VICTORY
V %
MAY 171949
A Collection of X^OGfGALSt^
Popular Sunday School Songs
New and Old
Edited by
Chas. H. Gabriel
m
•4
PUBLISHED BY
JENNINGS & GRAHAM
Cincinnati Chicago Kansas City San Francisco
EATON & MAINS
New York Boston Pittsburg Detroit
Copyright, 1908, by Jennings & Graham.
THE VICTORY
has been prepared especially for use in
the Sunday School, yet is available for all other services of
the Church.
THE VICTORY contains more than One Hundred of the
most popular sacred songs of the times, to which have been
added more than Sixty new ones, selected from a great ma-
ny Manuscripts submitted by various authors.
THE VICTORY is not a one man book, but almost every
well known author in the land is represented by one or more
of his best songs, new or old.
THE VICTORY has, in view of the prevalent use of the
regular Church Hymnal in the Sunday School, eliminated
the familiar Standard and favorite old hymns and tunes,
commonly found in all books of it's kind, and given the
space to songs of a more modern character, such as March-
ing, Harvest, Work, Missionary, Hope, Victory, Primary, and
others of a more generally practical nature.
THE VICTORY was not made up on the basis of "What
can we get?", but "What shall we select?" No labor or ex-
pense was spared by author or publishers to make it the best
of it's kind, in contents and workmanship.
The Author.
The Publishers.
NOTICE.— The words and music of nearly every song in THE VICTORY is Copyrighted
property; all rights of reproduction of words or music, separate or combined, are reserved,
and will be defended by the owners thereof. Chas. H. Gabriel.
THE VICTORY.
JTo. 1.
Guard the Bible Well.
Thomas McDougaix.
J&S^P^
:1 1'
W. H. Doane.
:S=3=fc^
1. Guard the Bi - ble well, All its foes re - pel, The sweet sto - ry tell
2. Book of love di- vine, Precious word of Thine, Let it ev-er shine
3. Shout the Bi - ble song, Swell t!ie nrghty throng, In the cause be strong
4.0 ye Christian band, For the Bi - ble stand, By the Lord's command,
m
Of the Lord; Guard what God revealed, As our sun and shield; Nev-er,
All a- broad; In the Spir-it's might, We must win the fight, For this
For the right; Look to God in pray r, When the foe you dare, Andf or-
Ne'er give o'er; Lead the ar - my on, Till the strife is done, And the
X - - jit i j
■£:
?~^~~f — % —
*
Chorus.
±±
V.<i wt
-g£
M-*
zz
-0 — 9-
? — r
-•a-3 — £-L-
nev - er yield His Ho - ly word.
Gos- pel light, The truth of God. ( 'Rouse, then Christians, Ral-ly for the Bible!
ev - er wear His ar-mor bright. \ Stand, then,like men,In the cause triumphant
cause is won for -ev-er more.
|s^ +. f: * a h
Work on, pray on, spread the truth abroad;
For the {.Omit.) Bi - ble is
JLJkm rM-±--A—0^—0 = ™£
**
-0-50-*-
-&r
Copynghl pioperty oi W, H. Doane.
£
-i_
the word of God.
r~r
£
f
1
Ho. 2.
Somebody Heeds You.
E. E. Hewitt,
Chas. H. Gabribl.
=rf<S]-£
1. Child of the Mas-ter, where-ev-er you are, Some-bod-y needs your care!
2. Shine for the Master with deeds bright and clear, Some-one is in the night;
3. Sing of your Sav-ior, with heart all a- glow, Some-bod-y needs your song;
4. Then, when you en- ter the Cit-y of gold, Some-body'll meet you there;
a tt#. A kg. *. m 9 m ^. u II
e*S i -i i -i-H--E^5==fc=£=^p-|g ^— ppz^P^
Some-one at home or a wand'rer a - far— Some-bod-y needs your pray'r.
Send ont the beams that will rescue and cheer, Some-bod-y needs your light.
Bless-ing will fol -low the heart's o -ver-flow, Brighten the way a - long.
Some-one to whom the glad sto-ry you told, Some-one your joy will share.
Chords.
Some-bod-y needs you! walk in love, Seek-ing a bless-ing from a-bove;
flt=g
'*
W-^S— •-
-*-
■■».-
Hi
J-J—l
Some-bod-y needs you, some-body needs you, Some-body needs you to - day.
0
:*=2;
1SH4-4--4— E=
V- 1— Pi — F
-*- -*- A ♦
« — §— * — 1»-
:p
iiil
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 3. There Shall Be Showers of Blessing.
El Nathan
m
t— K
James McGranaban.
— fe fS
t-r-r
3S
T=T=r-
3=3=3
1. "There shall be show-ers of bless •
2. "There shall be show-ers of bless ■
3. "There shall be show-ers of bless-
4. "There shall be show-ers of bless-
ing:" This is the prom-ise of love;
ing" — Pre-cious re - viv - ing a - gain;
ing:" Send them up - on us, 0 Lord;
ing:" Oh, that to - day they might fall,
K- h
f=£
-t-
i
+ r*
£=*i
e
T*
F
~
K
^ ^ ^
V s
V,
^=\
i 1/ 1 is V s
_-A_
r p
f\) V V 1
1 ■
d
J ,
* f
J 2 *
0 9 0
9 li#
5 >-> •
^P % % %
9 9
— 9
# • * •
There shall be
sea-sons
re -fresh - ing, Sent from the Sav - ior
a - bove.
0 - ver the
hills and
the val - leys, Sound of a - busd-ance
of rain.
Grant to us
now a
re - fresh - ing, C
ome, and now hon - or
Thy Word.
Now as to
God we're
con-fess - ing, Now as on Je - sus
we call!
* * «
9 i*
* m . & .
-*- A ^ ^ ^
#^#
(•V hii!
r r
r
i
r m r*
•
Pt. V * 0 9
• *
9
i w .
» L i
ilm r i
1
K r k
k
i
k r K
r* r
y
9
1
1 '
• /
Chords.
^_4S.
m^F^-
9-i-
-+—*j
4
w-nr-.
V-
Show - - ers of bless - ing, Show-ers of bless-ing we need;
Show - ers, show-ers
m.
9 w LT
T i P P P ^ k— r
K$
f
iz
"P— tr
Mer - cy-drops round us are fall - ing, But for the show-ers we plead.
0+A
I 1J_
S
g— f— fr
i
^2_
{2S
T?— fcr
1 — r
Copyright. 1885, by James McGranahan.
The Story Hever Old.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
3
a
33
S
>=^
1. The sweet -est sto-ry told on earth
2. He like a Shep-herd kind and true.
3. He took up - on Him-self the guilt
4. "There was no oth-er good e-nough
5."0 dear - ly, dear - ly hath He loved
.A
-r -r -r -s^
r heard in heav'n a-bove,
Came seek - ing for His own;
Of all my sins and thine,
To pay the price of sin;
And we must love Him too,
Is
Yet
And
He
And
told of Je - sus and His birth, Of Je - sus and His love.
see! in Pi-late's judgment hall He stands de-spised, a - lone!
on the cross of Cal - va - ry He paid thy debt and mine.
on - ly could un-lock the gate Of heav'n and let us in."
trust in His re-deem - ing love, And try His works to do."
. m « m a _ . m * -£-i- * » y* (t-i
m
^br
¥-
Chorus. <-
±±>±
0 sto-ry nev-erold, The sweetest ev - er told! Un - til the
0 sto-ry nev - er old, The sweet-est ev.,, - er told! Un - til the
gates of gold swing back for me, I'll tell it o'er and o'er, And
gates of gold swing back for me, I'll tell it o'er and o'er, And
^PP
m
then on yon-der shore It still for - e\ - er-mcre ' my song shall be.
then on vnn-> - der shore, It still for - ev - er - more my song shall be.
= V.
i~L
■&±
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 5.
Sunshine in the Soul.
JNO. R. SWENEY.
1. There's sun-shine in my soul to-day,
2. There's mu - sic in my soul to-day,
3. There's spring-time in my soul to - day,
4. There's glad-ness in my soul to-day,
-4-
More glo - ri - ous and bright
A car - ol to my King,
For when the Lord is near,
And hope, and praise, and love,
i i i
^iiH^ll
&&
t-
Than glows in an - y earth-ly sky, For Je - sus is my light.
And Je - sus, list - en-ing, can hear The songs I can-not sing.
The dove of peace sings in my heart, The flowers of grace ap - pear.
For bless-ings which He gives me now, For joys " laid up" a - bove.
m
w
Refrain.
:*'
mmm^m.
$=*=*F=¥=*f
^
J=
^=gg
?
Oh, there's sun - - shine,
sun - shine in the soul,
less - ed sun - - shine,
sun - shine in the soul,
3'- *
While the peace - ful, hap - py mo - ments roll; When
hap - py mo - ments roll;
>. -#- -. _fc
SS
SE£^
*
fee
i£g
Je - sus shows His smil - ing face, There is sun-shine in
III h * jH . .
the sonl
V
^
V
I
-&-
Copyrght, 1887. by Jno. K.Sweney.
No. 6. More Than A Friend to Me.
Lizzie DeArmond and C. H. G.
■4-
HlRIAN CHR1STENSEN.
E=5=*
h- ■ j I
The Sav - ior of sin - ners from glo - ry came down, My hope of sal-
When bro- ken with sor-row, and trembling with fear, To Him with my
In mo-ments of weakness up - on Him I lean, His prom - ise my
Some -time in His beau-ty, thro' won -der-ful grace, This King of all
m
:tf±-fc=S=S:
=t=E
St
^
£e££
^
±=±
5=5
feESEt
<?
J=*=S
va - tion to
bur - den I
hope and my
kings I shall
-V
be; Was scourg'd for my guilt, and was mocked with a
flee; No mat - ter what troubles or tri - als ap-
plea; So gen - tly He leads, tho' His hand is un-
see; And Oh, 'twill be heav-en to look on His
=££
rr=r
T 1 1*
-0 — » — « — 0 — 0 (• — 0 — -
£S=S=g±E^=.
r-t-
Chorus.
i^^N^
:=t
3std
crown, — He's more than a friend to me.
pear, — He's more than a friend to me.
seen,— He's more than a friend to me.
face — He's more than a friend to me.
-J'
h-ri— 1~
^H
He's more than a friend,
1/ I ' " ♦ * " * 2-
sin - ners, this King of all kings Is more than a friend to me.
-•-•• m . t, ^ -0- -up- m J "
i — t? — i — r
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
':&-
T—trl — r
r
4
No, 7. Anywhere With Jesus.
Jessie H. Brown.
D. B. Towner.
^f^iSll^P
1. An - y-where with Je - sus I can safe - ly go, An - y-where He
2. An - y-where with Je - sus I am not a - lone, Oth-er friends may
3. An - y-where with Je - sus I can go to sleep When the dark'ning
I
-* * -*-
ft:
9 '-
-#-• A-
leads me in this world be - low; An - y-where with-out Him dear -est
fail me, He is still my own; Tho' His hand may lead me o - ver
shadows round a - bout me creep, Know-ing I shall wak - en nev - er
%
•# • — * f~
M^m
f^i^t
i
-j — *.
-,
£=s=S
v-
-•-
s=^
d~^:
>I^-
joys would fade, An - y-where with Je-sns I am not a - fraid.
drear-est ways, An - y-where with Je - sus is a house of praise,
more to roam, An - y-where with Je - sus will be home,sweet home.
Chorus.
Copyright, 1887, by Daniel B. Towner.
Vo. 8.
C. H. G.
My Savior's Love.
(Inscribed to Rev. Elijah P. Brown.) Chas. H. Gabriel,
■+■ -£ -0- -•- •
1. I stand a-mazed in thepres-ence Of Je - sus, the Naz - a-rene,
2. Forme it was in the g::r - don Ho pray'd''Not my will but Thine;"
3. In pit - y an - gels be held Him, And came from the world of light
4. When with the ran-somed in glo - ry, His face I at last shall see,
SB
ae
E^3g
p^zw
*=*
*£
b
ir^9
J &— *-
^
And won-der how He could love me, A sinner, condemned,un-clean.
He had no tears for Hi3 own griefs, But sweatdrops of blood for mine.
To comfort Him in the sor - row He bore for my soul that night.
'Twill be my joy thro' the a ■ ges To sing of His love for me.
IS
P — rP P
£SESE£EEJ
w^mm
#
r
Chorus.
J
.M-
^
--•p-d ' ! h — at
p — e — #
#t=S:
151
How mar-vel-ous! how won-der-ful! And my song shall ev-er be:—
0 how mar- vel-ous! 0 how won-der-ful!
-^-^fC-t-^L^-^^ , Sm ^p_.
f—f-
^^z^-^E^p
fc=
^^
^
1- 0
=*
£d=#
fe£J ; I J^tj, Pi I T=t
ae
How mar-vel-ous 1 how wonder-full Is my Sav - io^s love for mel
0 how mar-vel-ous! 0 how won-der-ful!
m§M
Coorrieht. 1805, by Chas. H. Gabriel. Chas M. Alexander, owner.
No. 9.
Victory,
Irvtn H. Mack.
J. t vcoln Hall.
t
a:
*=£
^
?rr
T
1. Raise the standard of the Lord on high, Bring the ban-ner of sal-va-tion nigh;
2. Joy-ful be our hearts, our live3 be bright.Pressing onward in the Savior's might;
3. Take the mes-sage un - to all the earth, Let the nations know the gospel worth;
4-
^
4±=t:
^bifef
Forward, christians, shouting vic-to-ry, Vic-to-ry! Vic-to-ry! This the song shall be.
Courage, christians,hced the Captain's call, Victory! Vic-to-ry! Peace and joy for all.
Hast-en with the news that God is love; Vic-to-ry! Vic-to-ry! Com-eth from a-bove.
fc ..*-
-»- • «- •♦-
n: 1 1 1 — I— r»^— 0^T-&-r*^e- f— »-vZ— £— rf-H» f'f &~i
Chords.
On! On! With His ban-ner o'er us, On! On! Je - sus goes be-fore us,
On! On! Where-so-e'er He sends us, On! On! God a-bove de-fends us,
1 — I — * " — * — zn *
Copyright. 1902, by Hall-Mack Co
No. 10. Whom Having1 Wot Seen, I Love.
Maud Frazer.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. A Friend have I who's ev - er near, Who comforts me and stills each fear,
2. In vain may fan - cy strive to trace My Sav-ior's beau-ty and His grace;
3. The pre-cious hope of that bright day II - lu - mines all mine earth - ly way;
4. With that glad meet-ing e'er in view, My pil-grim jour-ney I pur-sue,
is^ydig^Efey^yi^^
r
It is my Lord and Sav-ior dear, Whom, having not seen, I
More fair than I can dream, His face, Whom, having not seen, I
He'll take me home with Him to stay, Whom, having not seen, I
And try His ho - ly will to do, Whom, having not seen, I
■0-
love,
love,
love,
love.
-£
Chorus.
m
=-!-
Wl
-4— 4
"I v
He's gone to pre-pare a place Forme in His home a - bove;
He's gone to pre - pare a plaoe For me in His home a - bove;
£ *-• - A '£- t: '-£
V-:
*3
n=t
■I
HHi
5f=
b=S:
m
rr
And I shall be-hold His face, Whom, having not seen, I
And I^^^^^shall bo - hold His face.
I fS ^ ♦ -0- -0-
love.
UE.
gzb=Hp3^E=ta=Epz^==^=n=t=n=E==fr=:?
Vr^r-V-T-
Copyright. 1908, by Chas. H Gabriel.
No. 11.
L. H. Edmunds.
Stepping in the Light.
Wll. J. ElBKPAl Kll :
:£=&:
1. Try-ing to walk in the steps of the Sav - ior, Try - ing to fol-lowour
2. Pressing more closely to Him Who is Icad-ing, When we are tempted to
3. Walking in foot-steps of gen- tie for-bearance, Footsteps of faith-fulness,
4. Try-ing to walk in the steps of the Sav -ior, Upward, still upward we'll
i»* a . /* /a m: fi a *m m m
Sav - ior and King
turn from the way;
mer - cy, and love,
fol - low our Guide
£SfeS
F*r=F
Shap-ing our lives by His bless-ed ex -am -pie,
Trust-ing the arm that is strong to de - fend us,
Look-ing to Him for the grace free-Iy promised,
When we shall see Him, "the King in His beau-ty,"
^^^E
-=£
*£
\r~ r
£=^=£=P=
Chorus.
Happy, how happy,
Happy, how happy,
Happy, how happy,
Happy, how happy,
A A -*- A- m
s
$=^=t=^
k I k
the songs that we bring
our prais - es each day! How beautiful to walk in the
our jour - ney a - bovel
our place at His side!
steps of the Sav-ior, Stepping in the light, Stepping in the light; How
§^E£=££
rr£:E=f=£
±=t=fci
:p:
#-i-
1/ u u
-^ ■ I I i -1 ■ i ^
=*=*=!
I ' *-# 0t-. *■— I P C— ' 1 m d——' * U&[— >i "
S
beau-ti-ful to walk in the steps of the Sav-ior, Led in paths of light!
jl + »_.jl m jl jl. *_ *_ *_ if: * :£ |
Copyright, 1890, by Wm. J. Kiikpatrick.
£=£
Ho. 12. True-Hearted, Whole-Hearted.
Frances R. Havergal.
w
£=F*
:«
£:
m^z
Xt-
~L
George C. Stebbins.
— I — b-
35
9 -
m
1. True-heart-ed, whole-heart-ed, faith -ful and loy - al, King of our
2. True-heart-ed, whole-heart-ed, full - est al - le - giance Yield - ing hence-
3. True-heart-ed, whole-heart-ed, Sav - ior all - glo - rious! Take Thy great
m
i±
W-
fen
jzxze
—23 U
£^*
v=
-A -l_ *
4^--L
1 — *-- — » — *-\*- — * — *fg~rj~ — g — r-»-
lives, by Thy grace we will be;
forth to our glo - ri - ous King
pow - er and reign there a - lone,
Un - der the stand- ard ex-
Val - iant en-deav - or and
0 - ver our wills and* af-
alt
lov
fee
ed and roy - al, Strong in Thy strength we will bat-tie for Thee,
ing o - be-dience, Free-ly and joy-ous-ly now would we bring,
tions vie - to-rious, Free - ly sur - ren-dered and whol ly Thine own.
#: ^ £♦
-• • — |-#- — '» v, ! L- — * — *-
■^-r-!*
1=t
Chorus.
1— V
t_j — — - ff— 1
n-
out the watch-word! si
| Peal
| Peal out the watch-word! loy - al for - ev - er,
-*=£
IF
lence it nev - er! Song of our
King of our
3--S-
:t=fc=r=fc:S=fc=£=
—
Q
ing and free; lives, by Thy grace we will be.
Lbk-t^
»~m
p r
1
Copyright, 1890. by Ira D. Sankey.
T—tr
«^-*-
So
No. 13. TL> Sunlight of His Love.
Miriam E. Arnold.
iz:
Chas. n. Gabriel.
I, I, 1 ' -at I
1. When the sun-light of the Savior's love, Shines in beau-ty on us from a-
2. When the sun-light of Kis love shines in, How our hearts yearn o-ver those in
3. May the Savior's blessed sun-light shine In this heart and from this life of
kjrtf~~w
tztfc
fe£
k k k k
-*
*=t=t
=£=£
&
£
_s:
gN^i=»=g^^E3Efea
" k k
bove, How it thrills us with a joy Earthly pow'rs cannot destroy, When the
sin, That they, too, may kaow the peace,That shall ever more increase, When the
mine, Till on heaven's gold-en shore, I shall praise Him ev-er-more, As the
TE£
£
£±
k-JUi-jL-fe==SZ:gZ=)^
£^
£=£
y-
£=R=
V— V-
v~v-
Chorus.
sun-light of His love shines in. When the sun-light of His love shines in,
* * - - - , . J J J_
&rj=j^j£~P~!>~~p:
i i i i U U
How it scat-ters doubt and fear and sin; How the shad-ows flee a- way,
m
A a £ f: f: jl
1—1-
§E^=SE
*=ttz
:£=£
I
*=*:
fK 1 _h ^
J « «—
3=5
IP
5=3:
«=*
Turn-ing darkness in - to day, When the sun-light of His love shines in.
-r "? } ^ jl -t
&=*=8i
iz4==£:
k k ¥ *~
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
fc^=p
feE
1!
'o. 14. Keep on the Sunny Side of Life.
Ada Blenkhoen.
*=fe=£=fc
J. Howard Entwisle
I V—fr
1. There's a dark and a troub-led side of life, There's a bright arjd a
2. Tho' the storm in its fu - ry break to -day, Crush -ing hopes that we
3. Let us greet with a song of hope each day, Tho' the mo-ments be
s
sun - ny side, too; Tho' we meet with the dark-ness and strife, The
cherished so dear; Storm and cloud will in t:.me pass a - way, The
cloud -y or fair, Let us trust in ourSav-ior al - way, Who
* -^ ^' f f f* f "^ '
^Frg-^-E=^-
t-
£
:£=£
*
I
Chorus.
k-p-F-r
sun - ny side we al - so may view.
sun a-gain will shine bright and clear. Keep on the sun-ny side, Always on the
keep-eth ev - 'ry one in His care.
4_js_ n i + + + + £:♦ * + + +
&ttz9±=fz9±=tt
5^T ^^v V "=fc=Ezb=
tt=tt
-X—^-\-^^
^t-\
g=|^--d I d 4.4 *^. 0.d\aT7 J.m-E *— % — p — p— j-=l
sun-ny side, Keep on the sun-ny side of life; It will help us ev - 'ry day,
feL-nz:fci= V — r~T = 1 I i . L : ^ J^'J±y — -gzzfr
1/ P * P
E
LZ g— -# I * ' * g -1 — £ •-^3LT» #— -# — *— *— -#— - J-1 — L _ 1J
of li
I
It will bright-en all the way, If we keep on the sun-ny side of life.
♦: -*- A- A *• m . . k
Copyright 1898, by J. Howard Entwisle.
Ho. 15. Jesus Leads the Way.
Ada Blenhorn,
--4
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. Go forth to the work, 'tis the Sav-ior's command; And, trust-ing His
2. Go forth to the work, ev - er val - iant and true, For God and His
3. Re-joice, and be glad, for the day draw-eth nigh, When kingdoms of
-*- . , +■ -0- . - + Is fc
ev - er - last - ing name, Go out o - ver mountain and val -ley and plain,
king-dom take your stand; Go pub-lish the ti-dings, "Sal-va-tion is free,"
earth shall own His sway; When truth, like a man-tie, shall cov - er the earth,
-*_
V 1/ k \i
JuLJ-j.
Chorus.
iff
f^— *-n-
w — »— -»Htz — * *— Li Lr — I — rti — •— '— *— V— xr-
His grace and His mighty love pro-claim.
Till peace reign-eth o - ver sea and land.
And sor - row and sighing flee a - way.
Onward, onward, Je-sus leads the
-m- — y — F —
U L< U
wayl Faith-ful un - to Him we'll be ev-'ry day;
Joy-ful - ly we will go,
Q -J
-J^— fe-N-^— f—.
\
J fc N- fs J
fr-3-
-5^-5—2 »— *
3r1 g 4 t*
Vy •
m . m w 0 0
i^1
* p
f 1 ij
Thro' all the world be-low, Till ev - 'ry soul shall Christ the Sav-ior know.
Copyright, 1895. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
2
Ho. 16.
To the Work.
Fanny J. Crosby.
-r4
&■
gg^±Egzz|
1 H x M~i — a — a H
i±
W. K. Doane.
1:
%
1. To the work! to the work! we are serv-ants of God, Let us fol - low the
2. To the work! to the work! let the hun-gry be fed, To the fount-ain of
3. To the work! to the work! there is la - bor for all, For the kingdom of
St:
V
-0- -»'-#-<- -+--+■
-£=F=£=£=
-P-
path that the Mas - ter has trod; With the balm of His eoun-sel our
Life let the wea - ry be led; In the cross and its ban - ner our
dark-uess and er - ror shall fall, And the name of Je - ho - vah ex-
^— ^
fe-4-
»fe|-W-a^^^
strength to re-new, Let us do with our might what our hands find to do.
glo - ry shall be, While we her - aid the ti - dings, "Sal- va-tion is free!"
alt - ed shall be, In the loud swelling cho - rus, "Sal- va- tion is free!"
m
$=t
-•- -e- t~ "r" "*
Toiling on, toiling on, Toiling on, toiling on,
Toil-ingon ioil-ingon, Toil-ingon, toil-ingon,
=b^i=t=6=
i 9 f r
fc#j-r5Ji^=^j=l
'~~$~\ v $
Let us hope, let us watch, And la - bor till the Mas-ter comes.
and trust, and pray,
Copyright, 1899, by W. H. Doane. Renewal.
igigltpia
No. 17. Nothing Satisfies 'but Jesus.
Rev. Johnson Oatman, Jr.
Wm Edie Marks.
V u k " r "
1. Ye pil-grims on a for-eign strand, Tho' long or brief your stay, Cling
2. Go look the whole wide world a-round Go search from pole to pole, Go
3. So you will find, un - til at last From earth you set your sail , That
-9- -a- -0- -0- -0- 0- -0-' -s
-^ 0- ~—rW~ V V— ~g~— T=l
sfcfcz.
h h-
r J7
3=3:
v
£=±:
not to earth-ly pleas-ures, forThey're tran-sient as the day! But ev - er
sail up - on life's bil-Iows, as They mad-ly dash and roll: You'll find that
all the joys of time and sense Will not at last a - vail; But Je - sus
V V r ■ r v
bear this tho't in mind, While passing down life's way— Noth-ing ful - ly
earth can-not ap-pease The hun - ger of your soul, Noth-ing ful - ly
Christ can sat - is - fyl His pleas-ure nev - er fail — Noth-ing ful - ly
•n?:
^=fc£
9- -0- -0- -0-
JjL fc V '*
££
^P=F
V-
Ee£
:«c
D. S. — Fade a - way thro' passing hours — Noth-ing fvl - ly
K Fine. Chorus. „. v
ifc^zzj:
=T-
-p-p-
r
sat-is-fies but Je - sus! Nothing ful -ly sat-is-fies but Je - sus,
Je-sus. praise His name!
*- *- *■ * *L.
H§£
*=fe=
5
<s~
1
^=^5
t=t=^=^
i=t=t=b=f
s=e=E
sa< - is-fies but Je - sus!
Je sus, Je - sus! Earth-ly joys and earth-ly flow'rs
Noth-ing ful - ly sat - is - ties but Je - sus!
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 18. In the Shining of His Face.
Jennie Wilson.
Samuel W. Beasley.
|- -y- -»- -»- m m m m -0- -o-
tl -g-
1. I have found a joy earth can nev-er give,Thro' my Savior's boundless grace;
2. Fair-er than the beams of the noon-d;iy sun Is the ra - di-ance di-vine
3. 0 'tis sweet to dwell in the bless-ed rays, Which no cloud can ev-er dim;
J±3^E$
E:EE
And my soulex-ults as I dai - ly live In the shin - ing of His face.
That ill-umes my way, when the Ho - ly One On me looks with smile benign.
And I lift my voice in my Savior's praise, Finding all my light in Him.
# I -
« f— * #— f I i» . - f P-T f^~1
l44iyB^N
£=z£=£zz^=p:
r— tr
r> h h 1-
|T^_fX# — # — 0 — 0 — 0 — a — d-
s
z^zf^z^-
$
K±-
+-i—0-
In the shin-ing of His face I am liv - ing ev-'ry day; In the shin-ing
L/ \f V V I ~U I U p
of His face I am happy all the way; I will sing sal- va-tion's sto-ry
■^-tr-r-^
w — 3— 3— b* — *=s — * — •— b — E
£fc
U U if U u u
Jzd&==fclzz.flzQ3
when I walk with saints in glo ry, In tho shin-ing of my Sav-ior's face.
h -#• -*- JL ♦ h
i^^i^^l^^Ff^l
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ho, 19. Victory Ours Shall Be.
Palmer Habtsough.
Unison.
J. H. FlLLMOKB.
I
u
^s
JJO^r
1
it
3=3
•ffi£
T T T T T T ' T f f
1. Banners waving proud-ly o'er us, Voic-es swell-ing loud the cho-rus,
2. To the na-tions slow - ly wak-ing, Lands their i - dol gods for-sak-ing,
3. Join us in our good en-deav-or, On we'll go and fal - ter nev - er,
1
~
—
"
m
E
fe=£fcbab;
3=3
r-rt
i i
rn-i
s
m
Hope the way make bright before us, Vic
We the light of life are tak-ing, Vic
'Tis the cause of God for - ev - er, Vic
4
is:
r^ r r
-t ry, vic-t'ry ours shall be.
-t'ry, vic-fry ours shall be.
■fry, vic-t'ry ours shall be,
-J fe
L»-f-p-»
l
3=3
t-H-^--I
r
Chords.
3
£+3-
3-s-
-•-P-i
3^1
W75
*-#-
S»±
£
j March-ing, march - ing, cheer
I March-ing, march - ing, light ■
J_t-
££E
- i - ly the bu - gle sound-ing,
ly ev - 'ry heart is bounding,
*■ -»-■-- ^^^
I i i THxS^
53^
f3
±=tzi!=dbi
K*— ir-*
**/
March-ing
march-ing,
*-A+
«F-^-.— «-
i^
read'
y we to meet the foe;
HE
Copyright, 1903, by The Fillmore Bros
No. 20.
Stand to Your Guns.
Eleanor W. Long.
3
Chas. H. Gabriel.
^fc
, f— 0 9 0 9 * • 0 ] 0 \ -%. 9 • 9 ' 4 *
1. Sol-diers in the ar - my of the might -y King, Would you join the
2. Does the march seem wea-ry and the con - flict long? Do you long for
3. Fol- low, then, un-fal-t*ring where His ban-ners go, And, en-dur-ing
*^=^
t-fe
fefe£3£
cho - rus which the vic-tors sing? When the bat-tie rag - es and the war-cries
home, sweet home and e-ven-song? Rest can on-ly come when right has conquer'd
hardness, bravely face the foe; "Forward!" be your watchword, and thro' weal and
§ijEs3=
m
=£
_tf_! f.
i-*l
~
:t=±
Chorus.
=3==^ —
itt
ES
ring, Stand to your guns!
wrong, Stand to your guns!
woe, Stand to your guns!
y— rr
^
Stand to your guns! See the co-horts ad-
v-
J^
■0- &- -9-' -9-
m -*-# _k m -0-' -9- a m . -9-
}S S
mm
S=*=i
'
r
vanc-ing, Yield not your vantage-ground, valiant ones!Trust your Commander, who
-0-
2±:?=»=£
t=£~£z|
^
I d- — 9— ■
=3-t-3=J
r^-4-A
■a — i — l rr-^ * — "-1 1
:-
zgT^PJ
'-#— ^-.-^-^— r ^-L «-L * d-d—
ne'er lost a bat-tie— Be true to yourcol-ors, and stand to your guns!
-0-11. » il_ . _ m m +" A -#-•■♦-
I 1/ g k I
Copyright, 1908, by Chas H. Gr.bri
f
No. 21.
Winning Its Way.
E. E. Hewitt.
WM. J. KlRKPATEICK
4
-m- -m- -*-■*- ■■*- *
1. 0 let us re - joice in the work of the Lord, The serv-ice of
2. The mountains are kindling, and soon the bright glow Will car - ry the
3. The dark-ness may lin -ger, the night may seem long, But Christ shall be
4. The moon as the glit-ter-ing sun-light will shine, The sun sev - en-
■P , -f- £ f ^r ■?- J - _^_
=E| '—hi
Piils
-|-
S
Je - sus brings bless - ed re - ward; The shad-ows shall flee from love's
joy to the val - leys be - low; The King press-eth on - ward, His
Vic - tor, right tri-umph o'er wrong; We'll tell the glad sto - ry, His
fold in His glo - ry di - vine; The sky's grow- ing ra-diant with
* — rf : — f — r —
tz
£
:"E3
Chorus.
k. | LiHOKUS.
I I I
con - quer-ing day, The light of the gos-pel is winning its way.
wheels will not stay; The light of the gos-pel is winning its way. Winning its
bid - ding o - bey, The light of the gos-pel is winning its way.
hope's blushing ray, The light of the gos-pel is winning its way.
p- -o- H 4 1 I a m
4-^4
Ww&mmmmm
way,
winning its way,
t
Glo-ri-ous dawn of a bet - ter day;
Winning its
-I— i — l-
-U-U-l
3=r
SJ:
m
way,
winning its way, The light of the gos-pel is winning its way.
■f±._0_ m m m Ht A + ^- m *&-
Sii^liii^p
Copyright, 1899, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
No. 22. Marching to the Promised Land.
E. E. Hewitt.
Victor H. Benke
1. Marching on to Zi - on,
2. Man -na fresh from heav-en
3. G'\ - ant foes may meet us,
4. Reach-ins to each oth - er
of the King, March-ing to
shall our needs sup-ply, March-ing to
yet shall faith a-bound, March-ing to
help - ful hands of love, March-ing to
the
the
the
the
ilifeil
promised
promised
promised
promised
land;
land;
land;
land;
Trusting in our Lead -er, of His grace we sing,
Fount-ains free-ly spring- ing in the des-ert dry,
Je - sus goes be -fore us, an - gels camp a-round,
Spreading light a-round us, sun-shine from a - bove,
£
^=2^
m
Chorus.
March - ing, we are
March-ing, march - ing.
ing, on-ward march - ing, March-ing to
march - ing, on - ward march - ing,
the prom-ised land
-0-0-0-0- -0 -0- m .
J5
fc-4
fc
Copyright, 1902,and 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 23. Tell the Sweet Story.
Rev. Alfred J. Hough.
J. M. Black.
:E±EiEE=*EE3E
t
£=£
fc
1. Tell the sto - ry, ten-der, sweet, At the Sav-ior's wounded feet I have
2. Tell the sto - ry, o'er and o"er, I have o-pened wide the door, Where the
3. Tell the sto - ry, ten-der, sweet, All its matchless strains repeat,— Of a
.j .- v .. - —
found re-deem-ing mer- cy, full and free, And a flood of rap-ture glows
Sav - ior knocked and waited day by day, Now His praise I love to sing,
soul redeemed and filled with love di - vine; Now for Christ a - lone I live,
2=ii=l
2 — L*~ — * — 5~i — * — * a "i — * — 0 ■• — n — m ' ' — * ' -i '- — I '
In my heart and o - ver-flows, For the love of Je - sus saves e - ven me.
My Re-deem-er, Sav-ior, King, And His word my soul de-lights to o - bey.
And to Him my serv- ice give, For the love of Je - sus now is mine.
3
Crown Him with glo - ry,
Crown Him with glory,
Tell the sweet sto
FT
ry, Tell the name, the fame of
3*4*-
Wfc*
Tell the sweet story.
^=M±
-*_X— yL
-*-K-
T-2
jv_fc &_*=fe£
re rr
Je - sus far and wide; whole wide world of Je-sus cru - ci - fled.
far and wide: crn-ci-fled.
jLM-.fL.0- .0-. Jt A. JL M
Copyright, 1898, by J. M. Black
1*_- * J J. J J
$=S=5=¥=$=tt=Ft,
r
Ho. 24.
J. C. F.
Freedom.
Mrs. Jewell Camp Fketa.
1. Christ, our glorious Leader,
2. Mov - ing brave-ly onward
3. Tho' the bat -tie rag- es,
calls to us to-day,— "Gird the ar - mor
with His truth un-fur!ed, See the hosts of
strife will soon be past; Skies will soon be
v — p-y — p-
:^-
*£e
-r=F
i=«%*ES
v
?
:*
5=:=J=J^=J
T
on and to the field a - way!" Slumber then no long- er, His command 0-
sin be-fore us backward hurled; With our Captain we may 0 - ver-como the
light, which now are 0 - ver - cast; We the victor's song of joy may sing at
S±Bf
5=^=*
-J2-
0 • ^
tr— 0~*— 0-
Chorus. Unison,
bey,
world,
last,
And for-ev-er-more be free.
And for - ev - er-more be free.
And for - ev - er-more be free.
I
afcs
Freedomlfreedomlfree in Christ, the Lord!
Freedom lfreedomlfree in Christ, the Lord!
i±zt=i.
i
3
n
All male voices sing the bass.
3:
Freedom 1 freedom! trust-ing in His word! By His grace and in His strength we
Freedom! freedom! trust-ing in His word! We His faith-ful fol - low-ers will
J . I ■■ < — ^
-li-
fe}
*
3
-1
as
ps
m^=
win, For His truth and love hath conquered sin!
be, And we (Omit.)
g|jEM=£fe=£
-r-a-
MS
IiS
->— 6-
+PtrF
shall for-ev-er-more be free.
• t f~' ^ f" T (2-i-
•F— ?"
CoDyright. 1908. by Chae. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 25.
Gather Them In.
Fanny J. Crosby.
George C. Stebbins.
1. Gath-er them in for yet there is room At the feast that the
2. Gath-er them in for yet there is room; But our hearts— how they
3. Gath-er them in for yet there is room; 'Tis a mes- sage from
Si
p=Kz=p:
t
:g^^^^
1/ v
t-
-i — ^— ^
»--«--♦- -•- -9-9-
-4-
is
King has spread; 0 gath - er them in!
throb with pain, To think of the ma
God a - bove; 0 gath - er them in
0-
r-— _«-
let His house be filled,
ny who slight the call
to the fold of grace,
t=
*=fc
V \>
f
-f-
£=£=d=±
Chorus.
^fe
m
And the hun - gry and poor be fed.
That may nev - er be heard a - gain.
And the arms of the Sav-ior's love.
Out in the high -way,
±£:S=S
£
c
F^tf— SH
^
fc£
S
HE
-fe— l-
-*—
3^
S
out in the by - way, Out in the dark paths of sin,
l£g^^=£
t
>-
t
=p=£
Go
1^— k
LlZ
4—4
forth, go forth, with a lov - ing heart, And gath-er the wanderers in!
g g f ff ,g
^H
Copyright, 1888, by Geo. C. Stebbins.
Ho. 26. Our Battle Hymn.
Eben E. Rexfokd. Chas. H. Gabriei,.
^=»— |— H-i-p^4-*— «— J- FJ— j— 3^*^
^
J
1. March on, march on! The bat - tie is at hand, En - list, en - list, and
2. March on, march onl The en - e -my draws nigh, East, west, south, north its
3. March on, march onl With Christ to lead the way, We must be vie - tors
ig3i
£.— *
r
3="^
3T=^
3=3
fc-£:
.»=S_i , p_J
help de-fend the land; From far and near they gath-er for the fray, To
col - ors flaunt the sky; It shouts de - fi - ance, but we dare to face The
in the fight to-day! For Christ and truth! 0 shout the bat - tie - cry Till
-f— -m- 4 . m -m- -*- -v -w- -*r- -w- • -v- -w- -w
t *
-\ — i-
Chorus.
t
dare and do great things for Christ to-day.
hosts of sin in an • y time and place! March on, march on! To vic-tor-y we
from the field the hosts of Sa - tan fly.
■0- -0- nm a -r~ -f- ■?- -0- ■*- -0- +- -0- -0- -0-' -p- -0-* -m-
$=£
F^j 1 1-
t
*=*=*
m^rn^i^^^
go! March on, march on, while battle-trumpets blow: Each to his post! All
I -*-
-0- -0- -0- -0-' ~0- -0-' -0- -0-
i^^t
fc—r—^^^ir^s:
T
r
£-
:=.t
S
:*=*=£=£
tizt3rib|=^i
li^gn
ea - ger for the fray, For Christ and truth we hold the camp to-day!
A* "*• -0-' -0- -0- *0- m -0- -0-' -0- -#-• m
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
t—i — i
k P v t
No. 27.
E K. C.
Standing on the Promises.
^m^m^.
±
3
■±=
R. Kelso Caeteb.
Z*=fc
1. Stand-ing on the prom-is - es of Christ, my King, Thro' e - ter - nal a- ges
2. Stand-ing on the prum-is - es that can-not fail, When the howling storms of
3. Stand-ing on the prom-is - es I now can see Perfect, present, cleansing
4. Stand-ing on the prom-is - es of Christ/ the Lord, Bound to Him e-ter-nal-
4. Stand-ing on the prom-is - es I can-not fail, List-'ningev-'ry mo-ment
-#-• -0-
124
— p— n?-
let His prais-es ring; Glo - ry in the high-est I will shout and sing,
doubt and fear as - sail, By the liv - ing Word of God 1 shall pre - vail,
in the blood for me; Standing in the lib -er-ty where Christ makes free,
ly by love'sstrongchord,0 - ver-com-ing dai - ly with the Spir-it's sword,
to the Spir-it's call, Best -ing in my Sav-ior, as my all in all,
i>«N*r MJ*=3
Stand-ing on the promises of God.
Stand - ing, stand - ing,
Standing on the prom-is-es, standing on the prom-is-es.
V Pv V y v
Stand-ing on the prom-is - es
IS
-s=i=Tffffff
of God my Sav-ior; Stand - ing,
Stand-ing on the prom-is-es,
Ife
stand - - ing
stand-ing on the prom - is - es,
0 # _« m «_: # (t_
ar~ » • ■ » ■*— » - 0 ■
I'm stand ing on the prom-is-es of God.
"i v s v rfr
gff^l
-JJC
Copyrignt. 1886. by John J Hood
No. 28.
0 Love Divine.
Maud Frazer.
Solo or Duet and Chorus
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. Dear Lord, my heart has heard Thy call! Be-fore Thy cross I pros-trate fall
2. Thy plead-ing eyes have looked on me, Thy sweet voice said, "I died for thee;"
3. I spurned Thy grace and far did stray ,Yet "child, come home," I heard Thee say;
4. 0 Love, my star in sor-row's night, When foes as-sail, my sword of might;
Hiij:
zNdbfc
l=L
r v k \>
J±^
P \r^~
\> k U
k k
£=£:
And un - to Thee sur-ren-der all, 0 Love di - vine, 0 Love di-vine!
No more a reb - el can I be, 0 Love di - vine, 0 Love di-vine!
Love came to meet me on the way, 0 Love di - vine, 0 Love di-vine!
0 Love, my joy, my life, my light, 0 Love di-vine, 0 Love di-vice!
<»—
U U k
Chorus.
^
fel*^
>
t=fc=p=q*
*=M"
k k
V k I"
0 Love di-vine, so full, so free, Thy won-drous pow'r has conquered me!
£*£
E3Ek=g=F£sJF4=f
m
^±±±=^==k
1/ P k I \> U 1/
1 k — U=^=
f^fi=^=o^3z-te^-^
— H — F> — ^— -1 d V— -1 f
For - ev- er-more my heart is Thine, 0 Love di - vine, 0 love di - vine;
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 29. I Enow That My Redeemer Liveth.
Jessie Brown Pounds.
J. H. Fillmore.
1. I know that my Re-deem-er
2. I know His prom-i&e nev- er
3. I know my man-sion He pre
liv-
fail
par •
#_
&&x
v*
C-X-C : Ur^i
cth, And on the earth.,
eth, The word He speaks,
eth, That where He is
S
And on the earth
-0- -0- -+- -0-
+-E-E-j=C- 1 r v
-^r— S-
S^
*^m
-f-*_p-
s-9—m
J J . f h p f-n
J— H— P — P — p — P— I
a-gain shall stand; I know e-ter-nal life He giv-eth, That grace and
it can-not die; Tho' cru - el death my flesh as sail-eth,Yet I shall
there I may be; 0 wondrous tho't, for me He car-eth, And He at
a-gain shall stand; — m # IS
CHORU8
N CHORUS. j ,- —^ N N f
a<
*&=?=?
pow'r are in His hand.
see Him by and by. I know, I know thatJe-sus
last will come for me. i know, I know.
That grace and pow'r _ _ ^ ^3 N
1 jr v v
liv - eth, And on the earth a-gain shall stand; I know, I
And on the earth,
-0- -0- N,
-0- -0- -0- -0- - — -t—
- -0—0—0 0-
-4 V V ~s '/ l l-=5=5=^
£
:p=£
•' — r-ea 1 h r pr 1 n^T.A ' 1-1
P-f-f-F3^
know that life He giveth, That grace and pow'r . . are in His hands.
I know, I know That grace and pow'r
-0 0 0 0—0-0—-
-t — 1 — h
*+-
/ • /— V— y-
m
Copyright, 1993, by Fillmore Bros.
No. 30.
Lead Me Gently.
W. C. Martin.
0. A. Oliver.
--*=%
ZT-
=P=3
*
3-
|^=^=^=
1. Je - sus,lead me as a Shepherd leads his sheep, On Thy lov-ing
2. Should I stray, re-store me to Thy pre-cious fold; Should I liu-ger,
3. Je - sus, com-fort me when in the shad-ows deep, I am pass-ing
r-i
m m 0 •_
0 0 0 0 0
i — k — 0 — &~~ i— £
-<G>-
r-
v
v~v-
£
-*
$
-±i
fe=fe
±l
care a - lone must I re - ly; Guard me kind - ly where the path i9
bear me on -ward in Thine arms; Warm-ly shel-terwhen the night is
thro' the val-ley of the dead; Ver - y, ver - y near me then, in
0- •*- Is
%k£=+=\
£3
V=$=^
1?— p — v—v
h=^t
=t
wild
dark
mer ■
and steep, Gen-tly lead me where the pleas-ant pas - tures lie.
and cold; Shield me, Lord, from all the dan-gers and a - larms.
cy keep, Till the last of all the shad-ows shall have fled.
fc=S=fe
V- 1— £=£
£=£
1- — r
Chorus.
dfcfc^
lE§
Lead me gen - tly, guard me sure - ly, And re-store me should 1 stray;
jj=i=e=s^g^^^
#=*
S
I — I — I — t — "f — i — I — |— ^ ^ M — h
TfnW
3|i
In Thy fold I rest se- cure -ly, There my soul would ev - er stay.
Copyright, 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 31. The Wondrous Story.
Hattie W. Piebson.
T=t=5
Geo. C. Stebbins.
-I-
msmmmm
1. List- en to the wondrous sto - ry, Old, so old, yet ev - er new;
2. In the earth-ly home so low - ly 'Mong the hills of Gal - i - lee,
3. All His words so gen - tly spok-en, Lov - ing deeds and pur-pose true;
4. 0, the sac - ri - flee He of - fered, When He died on Cal - va - ry;
5. Now once more He reigns in glo - ry, 0 - ver death the vie - try won;
h
vA
sm
4^4=
m
^c
4*=£
1E£=£
:P
fe
e
4—4-
Of the Lord who came from glo - ry— Came to die for me, for you.
Was a life all pure and ho - ly, That was lived for you, for me.
All His prom -is - es un - brok - en Were for me and were for you.
0, the ag - o - ny He suf-feredl It was all for you, for me.
And He bids us tell the sto - ry— Tell it out to ev - 'ry one.
bLU — i -r— r-Hg^F — t,—£=ttz I I l-fr^-H
v=^=^=
Refrain.
I
-&-&.
lagfg^as^
££
j
^
0, the won - drous, wondrous sto - ry ! Old, so old, . . ... yet ev - er new;
wondrous, won- droug sto - ry sto-ry! Old, so old, yet ev - er new;
h Is - ._.
-_fz —
r
±z±
r
£
m
Z-
I^Bl
Of the Lord . . who came from glo - ry, Came to die for me, for you.
Lord who came from glo - ry, glo - ry, to for you.
«±t
"opyright. 1903, by Geo. C. Stebbins.
8
No. 32. Keep the Heart Bells Ringing.
Charlotte G. Homer.
— sF
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1=*
1. Keep the heart-bells ringing as you trav - el on-ward, Up the rough and rugged
2. Keep the heart-bells ringing when the path is lone-ly , When the threatening sky is
3. Keep the heart-bells ringing, for their cheering mu - sic May be heard by some-one
m
m
t
.fe-
=J=?zS
-j ; ■*- - ' w -£-'. *
road of life; For their mu - sic sweet will cheer you when a - wea - ry, It will
cold and gray; They will give to ev - 'ry cloud a sil - ver lin - ing That will
faint-ing near; He will list - en, and his spir - it will a - wak - en, As their
==t — p= P| — i — t^ — t^— ^ — i^-^i — ^ — ^ v v V
fcb:
Chorus.
light-en toil, and sweeten strife.
help to drive the storm a - way. Keep the heart-bells ringing! Fill the world with
cadence falls up - on his ear. ringing, ringing
;&
m^-
f:
tr-f-tr-M
iA±
f±fcp
'^^S
*-*-
i»-#— L-L-^
£E=Tt=
^— ft
fcl*
J^J
m
singing, Un - til ech-oes an-swer ev- 'ry- where; They will col-or
singing. Un - til ech • oes an - swer ev - 'ry - where;
=^
HiS^
r— *— ?
r-r
fcfc
£_*:
3=*
•4-S
innttgi
du - ty With a rain - bow beauty, And a soul may res-cue from de-spair.
With a rain-bow beauty.
|£§Efe3E
"I* K
Copyright. 1908. by Chas H. Gabriel
No. 33.
Dr. C. B. Blackall.
Triumph By and By.
H. E. Palmer.
t:
:3-
-*- ^
¥
*E?J
1. The prize is set be-fore us, To win His words im-p!ore us, The
2. We'll fol - low where He lead - eth, We'll pas-ture where He feed-eth, We'll
3. Our home is bright a-bove us, No tri - als dark to move us, But
ft r> fc h
r* fe
J ■ i ! ■ *-"-j=dz=3 J iZJ
*-; « *-^ * * — — 9-r- * — L^-s— • — #— * ^ *-r-4
tfc
'^« *^=3
#s>a— »■
w P / ^— F
His lov-ing tones are call-ing,
1
eye of God is o'er us, From on high;
yield to Him who pleadeth From on high; Then naught from Him shall sever,
Je-sus dear to love us, There on high; We'll give Him best endeavor,
from on high;
r> fc r* h
l^TTT^=g^
*=*
While sin is dark, ap-pall-ing, "lis Je-sus gently calling, He is nigh.
Our hope shall brighten ev-er, And faith shall fail us nev-er,He is nigh.
And praise His name forever, His precious words can never, never die.
h h h fc h h
~jr~9 9 0-
He is nigh.
* ft,
i r k : s
0 tt * > 0 0 0 T~»—r9—w~»-x—t
0 0 0-*— 0 * 0 #— 0 — I
P— > P P — P P • L" L;g- 1
By and by we shall meet Him, By and by we shall greet Him, And with
fc !
rfcaz^s:
<-—/-
L-i 1 y * 1 i __«* I
* -*• TT "IT" •#
Je-sus reign in glo-ry, by and by;
by and by;
"»" "•" "»" *^S ^
Je-sus reign in glo-ry by and by.
1 « r_JH._
Used by per of Pr H.
Palmar, owner of copyright.
■• — 0 — 0 — 0 — 0 — 0 0 0 1— —
y — y — > P v — v v y UsSr-t
No. 34. Let the Gospel Light Shine Out.
Eev Johnson Oatman Jr
Adam Geibel.
%=£*
1. Stand - mg like alight-house on the shores of time, Look-ing o'er the
2. There are hu - man ship-wrecks ly - ing all a-round, Oh, what mor-al
3. Do not let the bush - el cov - er up your light, Keep your lamp in
4. Try to live for Je - sus till this life is o'er, For a-long this
fefc J* 4
gy=E=P!iE£5=
£=r
F*FS=S==g=
*=*
»
d- 4-t-J
S=pPf^i
t— *-
-fe-4
-*-i-
g^^=;=j
waves of dark -ness, sin, and crime, 0 - pen up your win-dows,
dark - ness ev - 'ry-where is found; Warn some oth - er ves - sels
or - der, trimm'd and burn -ing bright; Try to be a bless -ing,
path- way you will pass no more, Till He bids you wel-come
m
-t—
-*— p — * —
«
m
jn>-?— -v^=^:
^
t=£:
N— I
i — ur
there's a work sub-lime, Let the gos - pel light shine out.
off from dang'rous ground, Let the gos - pel light shine out.
bright -en up the night, Let the gos - pel light shine out.
on the oth - er shore, Let the gos - pel light shine out.
r* fc is fc
-#-»—#— 0^ 0 p ^— j— 0^- £ t — P~
U±
"\J-' V 0- 0 *-= 0 1 —
pS
Chorus
Ezbzi:
0-*—0
Let the gos • pel light shine out, Let the gos-pel light shine out;
shine out. shine out;
-0- m
-0-» -f- -0- -0- -*- -0-
^mzmmmmm^m
f V *
4— 0-4=0^ — £ -*-L |— \^=\ t~^~V~V~? — e^~
While your lamp is burning, keep the windows down, Let the gospel light shine out.
Copyright. 1901. by Geibel & Lehman.
No. 35. Someone is Looking to You.
W. M. LlGHTHALL
iHPM
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. Let your light shine where-so-e'er you go, Some-one
2. Some-one is grop-ingHis way to God, Some-one
3. Some-one your coun-sel will sure - ly take, Some-one
4. Some-one has al-most ac-cept-ed Him, Some-one
look-ing
look-ing
look ing
look-ing
fi £:■
to
to
to
to
g=fa^ V— k^k-=k-=k^=k^P^=fe=k-=k=E=E=M
£=fc
^eBS=s
you!
Bright-er each
day
let
it gleam and glow,
Some-one
is
you! Fol-low-ing
on
where
your feet have trod,
Some-one
is
you! And by your
life
his
de - cis • ion make,
Some-one
is
you! And may be
*^* P •- * *
lost
•
if
0
your light grows dim,
r1 — i- r
Some-one
- £
is
^
-t-
— i-
=d==H= 1— L^-
H= 1 i ■
0 • 0 a
1
V P P
k
k
k i k i
k k
k
Chorus.
- — L^— k — F
!M> — ^
j ^i+=t=i
look-ing
to
you. Look-ing to you, yes, look-ing to you!
"^-k"
'
K
r
ii_^
miEi^.
%
:±z
%
=j==pfi=jE=_E_-ft_j
-p—p — r- — k— L
Let your light shine the dark - ness through, 0 be faith-ful, and
fz + *i Jt JL- m Pi £
1
&£:
-p— k — I-
P 1 b h 1 b b b-
|=E— k V—\r
b b 1 ^^^g •- 0 0 9
and true, For some-one is look-ing
S_£_J£_?
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriol.
2sTo. 36. The World is Learning to Love Him.
James Rowe.
De Loss Smith.
^^^^P#fe^
SEi
1. Ye lov - era of Je - sus, no long - er be sad, The world is
2. Mes - si - ah, ere long, will be ev - 'ry one's choice, The world is
3. His ban - ner is wav-ing o'er millions to-day, The world is
m
■p — $> — l> V ^
^m
^— tr
learn-ing to love Hira! Be proud of your Sav-ior! re - joice and be glad, The
learn-ing to love Him! Ere long in His name ev-'ry land will re-joice, The
learn-ing to love Him! His word is made known and is win-ning its way, The
Is Is P* -#~V ■*-
111115
^ I I
:*=P
-p—p—p— P~ V
p * k
P~Y
t~nr
^ r^
— i Chords.
'f-
world is learn-ing to love Him!
fc--&-
O laud Him and praise Him with sto-ry and
i=&
t
*=£
SI
£EE
i^g
^ fc h I — „ ... ^-
S
song! 0 love Him and toil for
3_r r !fcjM=M
Him all the day long; In pa-tience a-
i
*
s
fe^
f=r=gg=r=}^
p — $-p — i-
-f~tr
S^^^^p
bide, and in cour-age be strong, The world is learn-ing to love Him!
I
±
E
5
_JiZ
V
V—V—W
-p-^—p-^p — V — r —
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
PP
No. 37. i Know Whom I Have Believed.
El. Nathan.
Moderate.
James McGranahan.
t=z^=*
±zd=:
^±g4
1. I know not why God's wondrous grace To me He hath made known,
2. I know not how this sav-ing faith To me He did im - part,
3. I know not how the Spir - it moves,Con- vine -ing men of sin,
4. I know not what of good or ill May be re-served for me,
5. I know not when my Lord may ccme, At night or noon-day fair,
5=3
:*•
£E£
#
f
Nor why— un - wor - thy— Christ in love Re-deemed me for His own.
Nor how be-liev - ing in His word Wrought peace with-in my heart.
Re - veal - ing Je - sus thro' the word, Cre - ate - ing faith in Him.
Of wea - ry ways or gold -en days, Be - fore His face I see.
Nor if I'll walk the vale with Him, Or "meet Him in the air."
J~Lr±
a
s
fcr=k
r
Chorus.
=*M
t- * » 9
^
1 — tn — r
7X> _-g »^_#— #_._ _'
*=£=£
t=tT=$=S=t
But "I know whom 1 have be-liev-ed, And am persuaded that He is a -ble
K±
p *;f
-&-
£
-**=£
_i_jf:
-# •-
=fc-
P ^ k
a=te:
«
To keep that which I've com-mit - ted Un-to Him a-gainst that day."
g^^EEEE£EE^E?=
V— /-
f-HF3
Copyright. 1883 and 1887, by James McGranahan.
JTq. 38.
Wonderful Love.
W. C Martin.
£— *-
Chas. H. Gabriel.
i^3
S
-=H-
tr:
j=^-j—
1. Love makes me strong for the strug - gle
2. Love gives me cour - age to do and
3. Love makes the yoke 0 so eas - y
of life, Work must be done,
to dare, Cour - age to con-
and light; Love lines with sil-
f-' -t^t-
P
±z
:^3E3:
r
f
4-
JN__^ ^_fc_
t53- -»- -•-•
e^g^±!
and the days bring their strife; Earth has its bur -dens the whole way a-
quer, and nev - er de-spair; Cour - age the ban - ner of Christ to up-
ver the clouds of the night; Love lights my way to the glo - ry a-
long, Yet I am hap - py, for love makes me strong!
hold; Life has its per - ils, but love makes me bold. Love gives me courage,
bove, Where I shall dwell in the home-land of love.
:k=fcrk=H=l|=L g | r :
fc*fc
gp^i^s^
-p— V
£=*
^S±3=;
t-
-X
m
i
=&— fc-
love gives me might, Love crowns serv-ice with de - light; Love makes the
P
£=t=*
*
I I
world like heav'n &
3eI==§
iE
3=jF~ ^r
won-der-ful love!
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
bove, Won-der-ful, won-der-ful,
i3S
^ i~ — »-
1
No. 39.
Charlotte G. Homer.
"fe-
Stand Fast!
Ira B. Wilson.
£=fc
/:i:r.i r I 1 v v i n s-E^z^ijzry-ii r\
eT- » "» » F^- +?*f$r + ♦. * |
1. Christian sol-dier, is the bat -tie long? Be not wea-ry in the fight, stand
2. Are the dai - ly marches long and drear? Rest is com-ing, by and by, stand
3.' Onward, then, re - joic - ing as you go! In the ser-vice of the King, stand
£fel:
■2-M
:=:
— * — h f— * P-^-
-0- -*-' \*m -+■• fc
'g=i
-*— x-
?s
^f
-p— 3
Nev ■ er fal - ter, in the Lord be strong, You shall con quor
Strife and w^r-fare soon will dis - ap-pear, For the dawn of
Faith will tri-umph o - ver ev - 'ry foe, And the fi - nal
4H — 1»
-S-r*
*^-
V
I^ZyL
Chorus.
-?=T
v—V
0—0^
in His might, stand fast!
peace is nigh, stand fast!
vie -fry bring, stand fast!
Stand fast Christian sol-dier, Stand
Stand fast, stand fast,
IJl) a/1— jj— 0 I a?—
£=3=
fast, in the faith; Nev-er fal - ter, nev - er fail, Tho' the
Stand last. stand fast;
(J V V
hosts of sin as -sail: In His name you shall pre- vail, stand fast!
^ - ^ M. _•_ 0 JL M. .
■ 0. M _ m m
b-f
«=V
£e£s£
-7-
£
■&~>i-
Copynght, 1905, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 40.
Eev. M. S. Brown,
M>
fa
Cloud or Sunshine.
*■
CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
~-=X-
-*-fc-
3*
Nf
h *
9 -+-
1. Ev - 'ry sky that glistens with the gold-en day, Has its cloud of sorrow
2. Sunshine would be brighter for us day by day, If the clouds of darkness
3. There are souls in darkness, longing for the light;We who are God's children
4. Let us then look upward for a gold- en gleam Out of heav-en's sunlight
E±yj
:#=y
»— +— f— -0-
P l- P V t V
V t l> 9
^
drifting o'er the way; If we are the sunshine, clouds will quickly flee, And the
all were swept a-way,Why not be the sunlight, filling hearts with cheer Driving
should be shining bright;Therc are hearts all shadowed o'er by sin and shame. Waiting
till our faces beam;Then with hearts of kindness let us make, while here, Lives of
ft — a — rf~'0 P—0-P—P I • .
?=&
fc
g
«— «S"
:#=«:z»=*:^:#:
Chorus.
=«e£
t=t
W — t^i— * 3L-il'^=f:=xV—i-V—i-r
S3E
souls that meet us will be light and free.
far a- way the sor-row met with here. Are you cloud or sunshine in tha
for a sunbeam giv-en in His name.
oth-er9 bright-er with our sunshine cheer.
_«_i- j*_«_=__#__# m „ -ftJ_ ft_-ftJ_.-ft- y y
:*zz£E
world to-day? Are you spreading darkness, or a golden ray?Has some heart been
*
fr-fry^f
J-
1' y t
H±% %• th
-£.
t=tt
L*_ V
mm^m^^
h 6 h -S^^Z^TJ^-^-^pjzZ^Zgfl
^
darkened by your cloud of sin? Have you been the sujshine, helping others win?
$■
v-
Tn. rVri
Copyright, 1808, by Ch»s. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 41 Gathering for the King.
Mrs- N P C.
? — <i — t — • — * — * — *i— -
£=£=£:
3 * '—i^
0—^—0 s
Mrs. Nellie Place Chandler
c=g-c
-*—
1. Har-vest fields are waving with the ripened grain, Hear the call, 0 reap-er!
2. Plen - te - ous the harvest, la - bor - ers are few; You have promis'd, worker,
3. Reap-er in life's harvest, hear the clar-ion call! Hast -en at His bid-ding
h K_^h hi Is h h h
-c-
-a — •-
-^ h h h
S=*=:=£E£Ep;EE3EJ^
«:
^--^
shall it be in vainl List -en! 'tis the Master, call-ing since the dawn;
will you not be true? Faith-ful to thy du - ty, think not of thine ease;
to the work, a- way! Rich re -ward He'll give thee, trust Him for it all;
i h K , h h- I is h h h
-^ — # — #-
-« — J — J — # — * — *
*=
:,:
Chorus.
O, for earnest workers, ere the day is gone.
Gath-er for thy Master precious gold-en sheaves! We have heard Thee
Daylight soon will vanish, gather while you may. we have heard Thee call and
4S „fc 0
+ • • »r^=i=0z
, _— b~ f L 1; r
{See
£
£:
1/ U k r I " U
# » nTFi *—0-0 — m 1-0—0—0-0—0 — w-
-ing, Lord, In the field we '11 glean for Thee; V
call
faithful we will be;
-M*-Mi
We will join the
In the waving field we'll glean, 0 Lord.for Thee;
-0-JLJLJL __ _£. A*^A4
^=^
^^Fg
# •-
^=1
f— T^-f
^^3=?
->-
•T ' -» -5" V
reapers as they work and sing, Gath-er-ing the harvest for the Lord, our King.
-F- r i j '-i -0- -0- -0- i v * -P-
Copyright, 1808. by Chas. II. Gabriel.
Ho. 42. . Something Worth Doing.
G. T. Aldridge.
Chas H. Gabriel.
=^S
*=t
-et
I
3e$e3eEe&eZ
•e- i _ i
1. Since there is keep-ing a book of re-mem-brance,In which are written the
2. Fa - ther, we pray for the help of Thy Spir- it,Teach us Thy truth.tkat all
3. Dear Fa-ther, may we be act-ive and ear-nest,Strong for the work we to-
mm^m
£=t
■**~fir
Bt
deeds we have done, Help us 0 God, on our jour- ney to heav-en,
sin we may shun; May we do some-thing to show Je - sus' mer - it,
day have be - gun; That we may bring at the close of the har- vest,
iife^i
i-
n-
PP
-4—4-^4
Chorus.
m
*=*
2=3
=3=
4^=JF
Help us to glo - ri - fy Je - sus, Thy Son.
Some-thing to glo - ri - fy Je - sus, Thy Son. May we do some-thing,
Some-thing to glo - ri - fy Je - sus, Thy Son.
:d2^=£=:£=£^£ — Czi&SzE?
ES
S±
t=t
*£
M=E^
£
-i — i
■i
3C=*
5
— r
something for Je - sus, There is so much we are leav-ing un-done! Help us, 0
,tya=±^-_ r_| — pr— r— | — | | |_[| | -[.-i F=c=1=
Be£
£iz:
God, on our jour-ney to heav'n, Help us to glo - ri - fy Je-sus, Thy Son.
iii^
ifczji
EjC
5>
p
3i i i i i in f i -gra
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
f
Ho. 43.
Why Should I?
Charlotte G. Homer.
W. S. Weeded.
t
1. Why should I fear that the way will be drear -y,Why should I dread whattne
2. Why should I look for the thorns that are hidden, Un-der the ros - es that
3. Why should I want.when the won der-ful Giv - er Free-ly sup -pli - eth the
4. Why do I sigh when my heart should be sing-ing, What need I more than His
m .
-Cr-Br
SEE
L^EEfefe
•-^ — »-
-.
'$.
«
apf
r?
N -^ -^- ^
SzzSa^S
mor-row may bring? Why should I mur-mur, or ev-er be wea-ry, Since
bloom by the way? Why should I crave what my Lord has for-bid-den, Why
least of my needs? Why should I doubt in His pow'r to de - liv - er, His
grace will sup - ply? Why should I mourn,when my song should be ringing,Since
•fr V V
D. S. — In Him a - bid - ing, se-cure-ly I'm hid - ing, His
0 1,* Is ^
i — | —
Fixe. (
Chorus.
r-(\ — |
?<w~r ^ i~
h
en > r* s
~1 K
Aj.p-
VY ' m J 1
~i *
J — - _.
-ph»=^
-»—
v? r * #
_J
** 2 i B
J S ^
Je - sus is with
ques-tion His law,
grace to sus-tain,
Je - sus is with
^ Pi-
me,
or
or
me,
my Sav-ior, my
re - fuse to o -
the way that He
and all things ha
King?
bey? Pr
leads?
reH
v V \> \
aise Him for-ev
h h r*
4 0 4 0.
1 V
■ erv He
P f
Krb— ^ — ."— FH-f
*
~^ — ' F
z%'. :fe
v v V
~i •
4_ 0
^b I / * \t
* 0 * 0
U» |J f | I
I
1 i
l* P P P
love in my soul like a fount ain o'er -flows.
-J f*-
D.S.
ts±
*=*=&=£
■0 ' ■ 0
-*da
r
■p— v
V3t
+-^0-
leav-eth me nev - er, But grace and com-pas-sion up-on me be - stows;
* •. i. J.J. _#. ^. ■*" •*■'-*■
-/ — *-
_# * * »_
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. GabrieL
1 — r \> \> v u
Ho. 44. Just When I Need Him Most.
Rev, William C. Pool.
Chas. H. Gabirel.
rf=
J=i:
1. Just when I need Him, Jesus is near, Will-ing to help me, an-xious to
2. Just when I need Him, Jesus is true, Nev-er for-sak-ing all the way
3. Just when 1 need Him, Jesus is strong, Bearing my bur-dens all the day
4. Just when I need Him, He is my all, An-swer-ing when up - on Him 1
cheer; In all my tri - als an-swer-ing prayer, Just when I need Him most,
thro ; Giv-ing for bur-dens pleas-ures a-new, Just when I need Him most,
long; And for my sor -row giv - ing a song, Just when I need Him most,
call; Ten-der-ly watch-ing me lest I fall, Just when I need Him most.
Chorus.
fc
9 6 0 m
18
Just when I need Him most,
h h ^ i , .
Just whin I need Him most;
tSH^
ppS^^
f
3±
• ♦ *
-#-r-
nn
* $- -0-0
I ^1
Je-sus is near to com-fort and cheer, Just when I need Him most.
h h h J JL JL | . N
iM
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 45.
Clinging to Jesus.
Cam Reed.
Dr. W. H. 1x>an3,
— -I \-
1. Close to Thee, ray bless- ed Sav - ior, Keep me walking, day by day;
2. I am help-less— lost with-out Thee, Leave, oh, leave me not a -lone;
3. Thou hast died for me, Lord Je - sus, How can I such love for -get?
4. Ev - 'ry day I grieve Thy spir - it, Wound the heart that r coke for me,
5. Help me live as Thou wouldst have me ;Cleanse me, Lord, and keep me pure;
4-
fcfc*i=£=?
5fa£Efczz^
^
t
y
tt
£=F
=^EtQ
I
mism
^S^f
x
Let me feel Thy pres-ence with me, B3 my ref - uge all the way.
Un - der-neath Thy wings of mer - cy Hide, and keep me all Thine own.
Not on earth or in Thy pres-ence Can I ev - er pay the debt.
Yet in Thy great love and mer - cy Cast me not a-way from Thee.
Give me grace and strength that safe - ly To the end I may en -dure.
Chorus.
Draw me near-er, still near-er to Thee; Look in tender compassion on
to Thee;
5£*
l2Zk=P^
J{« J{
1/ U
btz=^=ti:
«=
4-1— fW
S
JnJb
»*:
I MV-I -rV-i i-r-t— n
me; Turn me not away ! Here me while I pray;Nearer, nearer, Lord to Thee.
on me;
-r*- T* _ _ . -I*- -*>-
IS N
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 46.
The Marshaled Host.
K. G. Walker.
3=:
4— a
*
-J-
Dr. S. B. Jackson.
i .J. h -i
-'
^a^33i
1. The bu - gle has sound-ed— it calls to the fray, Our host are all
2. We fight a-gainst dark-ness, we fight a-gainst sin; We fight or the
3. Our days may be drear-y, our pleas-ures but few, We nev - er grow
_J_
:#:
J_
£=£
£b*
^-4-
P
*=t
E
fc=fc
EE
iS
marshaled in bat -tie ar - ray; The Lord is our Cap-tain, we fear not the
king-dom of God to come in,— For mer-cy, for jus-tice, for love and for
wea- ry, with Je - sus in view; He leads us! He leads usl Then onward! still
S^
m
=q — L_i._cr_(_r
i — r
Chorus.
i^Sffei^
foe: Wher-ev-er He leads us we joy-ful-ly go.
right; We can-not but conquer, for God is our might! March - ing with
on, To fight 'neath His banner till warfare is done. Harch-ing with Jesus, we
0 .* f -f .t—r -p- s- -f- 0 ..^ 0.^0-.*.
je sus, We fear not the foe! Where
fear not the foe! March-ing with Je - sus, we fear not the foe! Where
egESEgSEJgBE^
-»-• -*--•- -•- -*- dm.
i^i
r
ev
ev -
rrrrr-rTTTs-f i v.
er He leads us We go, joy-ful-ly go.
er He leads us we joy - ful-ly go, Joy-ful-ly, joy-ful-ly go.
<1—
1-
i-i i i
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H- Gabriel.
No. 47.
Saved by Grace.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Geo. C. Stebbins
1. Some day the sil - ver cord will break, And I no more as now shall sing;
2. Someday my earth - ly house will fall, I can -not tell how soon 'twiil be,
3. Some day when fades the gold-en sun Be-neath the ros - y-tint edwest,
4. Some day; till then I'll watch and wait, My lamp all trimm'd and burning bright,
But, 0, the joy when I shall wake With-in the pal -ace of the King!
But this I know — my All in All Has now a place in heav'n for me.
My blessed Lord shall say,"well done!"And I shall en - ter in - to rest.
That when my Sav - iour ope*s the gate, My soul to Him may take its flight.
-n
zEEESzM:
5S^
i=±m
4
i
-^
--,-
Chorus.
r
T"
j=*=Fi±
?=r
-%
m
f^N
t' r v
And I shall see Him face to face, And tell the
J shall see, to face,
-f- -f- -J-.
^ — =fc=fc=F* p — »==S — i — Ff r* — 6 — t
S
;
f *-
e£e^e&bee6ee|^
Y
j>. — p^ — gs — ^
F-
:* —
-Y—
^=t
fe=^=^=^
;■
m
sto - ry — Saved by grace; And I shall see Him face to
J shall see,
— • -r*-
•♦-• -#- -m- — ■ 4- -#-
£
s=£
n
t U — u — u-
!:
■v — r — ¥~
r
rit.
#—
4^=5:
^
face,
And tell
k
the
to fac9,
sto - ry — Sa' ed
by grace.
£=
•b k-
pyr ight, 1894, by The Biglow & Main Co. Used by per.
4
^
The Mess3n£er.
De Loss Smith.
u2_Q C-a, y h -A — y-
'
9
0
- v-
£
1. A won-der-ful message of gladness I bring! It comes from tb.9
2. This beau- ti - ful mes-sage brings joy to the soul, For sin can-not
3. This heav - en - !y mes-sage has filled me with song, And since I ac-
:P V — £— =* *=£
l
V
*+£
£:
„^_
i=^
fo «j:
-!
s
heart
harm
cept
of my Sav - ior and King Who once came to earth from His
when be - neath its con - trol; In sor - row and sad-ness, temp-
I be - long; In serv - ice for oth - ers my
glo - ry a - bove, To bring us to God by His mer - cy and love.
ta - tion and woe, This sto - ry brings com-fort wher-ev - er I go.
tal - ents I give: I'll tell this glad sto - ry as long as I live.
i\ r-' is -0- is
, , S T-~> }-*&-^d— -r—0-^0 0 til*->-»
&r£— LT-p— r=jpT I $=rr-r—?-fr-r—r
r^
-01
-±-±-^0=
Chords.
1
Xl}; n ! J J
I J - -i
— , -. i
(&M^h — tr^
' — *\ — 0 1
& 0 ■ 0
— 1 —
25 *~ '
— j i
I am His
7^~\ — W \ ° ~*~
*U ' T T
mes - sen - ger, and these
H — 1 fi
r t II
i II
ti - dings I
i — 1 1
-G>- 0—
Sfff
1 1 1
bear;
i
SfeH" L F
-A-i _*- 1 — 4_,
^ — h —
H-h-
— i^ — LZ-^ P • —
— ! « *
-«-• i -*■
L| « 1 J
-•-
&
31
J I-
i
p **> p »
£QzS&t^J3
He is build - ing a home
I I 'V.e"
i
in the land
r i iii
o - ver there,
§£*
*£
<9 —
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
f- Uf-p
The Messenger.
-t -t
And is wait
■A-.
i ^TT * ff^ff *ff * ff *W?
fek-s-s
ing for you
to ac - cept
=t
H
-ri-
of His love,
13
-si-
*t" "t ~ -f- -»- ~ I I -k- -fc- *^ -(- -H }? -t" -t" X=-H-7P- . -=- -=- -n
r 7 ii M r? rf 7? ^rf *fff-
ii mi
That, re-deem'd, you may dwell in those man - sions a - bove.
X
^^11
i^
-S"-i-
:=P
-a — N-
-p
No. 49. Behold The Lamb of God.
Miriam E. Arnold.
£=£==*
i-^^T^^-^j— d
=t
PI
Chas. H. Gabriel.
=fc
B3t^t=t^j
*
1. "Be - hold the Lamb of God, "For sin - ners slain; His blood hath pow'r to
2. "Be - hold the Lamb of God,"De - nied, re - viled! God's sac - ri-fice for
3. "Be - hold the Lambof God,-' Our" Peace" is He; On Him oursinswere
»
-•
g
!'
B3EE
V=^=V^
sn
Refrain.
£=f:
Y
£:
^ r~f
^
3E
1+
E:
cleanse Each guilt - y stain.
sin; Pure, un - de - filed,
laid, — He sets us free.
_- -2—JOm. € Jm-i-
-gl-
~r
"Be - hold the Lamb of God,"
B3
£=E=t=F
£-J*
SBS
-^-te— ^
5=t^Tz;±J
Trust Him and live; Thy life, a sac - ri-fice, Un - to Him give.
i.t i t: * \t- s if "C~r^~?~fJ-¥~if f i*l- ii
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ko. 50. Nobody Told Me of Jesus.
Mrs, Frank A. Breck.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
fcfc
i#rtii^&^
%
1 . Would you care if some friend you have met day by day Should nev - er be
2. Care you not if one soul of ttie chil-dren of men Should nev - er be
3. Would you care if your crown should be star-less - ly dim, Be - cause you led
4. Oh, be si - lent no long-er! but car - ry the news, And tell of the
'— £=3=^1^=*-^-^
told a-bout Je - sus? Ave you will - ing that he in the judgment shall
bro't un - to Je - sus? Or could say in that day when He com-eth a-
no one to Je - sus? Make it true that some heart shall not answer to
cru - ci-fied Je - sus? Tell it! Tell it so ear - nest - ly none can re-
fefcM-
^
£==£
! | I ~~~w w~
qe=a:
f — » p~
v i> i
-v
Chorus.
say: "No one ev - er told me of Je - sus."
gain, "No one ev - er told me of Je - sus."
Him:"No one ev - er told me of Jo - sus."
fuse To ac - ccpt this won-dcr - f ul Jo - sus.
S » 0 —r-0-
No - bod - y told me of
Je - sus, No - bod - y told me of Je - sus; So ma - ny I met—
m^m
T T f
t— t~:l ^^l^
S^^^^^^^
1
but they seem 'd to for -get That I want-ed the sto - ry of Je - sus.
eHii
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 61.
Fanny J. Crosby
■fll|,L s p,4-
m
My Savior First of All.
:^=^
Jno. R. Sweney.
m
m -0- -*-
1. When my life-work is end- ed, and I cross the swell-ins; tide, When the
2. Oh, the soul-thrill-ing rap-ture when I view His bless-ed face, And the
3. Oh, the dear ones in glo - ry, how they beck-on me to come, And our
4. Thro' the gates to the cit - y in a robe of spot-less white, He will
:fcterf3E?
V u
£
U 1/
^
P U
$
bright and g-lorions morning I shall see; I shall know my Redeemer when I
lus - ter of His kind-Iy beaming eye; How my full heart wiil praise Him for the
part-ing at the riv-er 1 re - call; To the sweet vales of E-den they will
lead me where no tears will ev-er fall; In the glad song of a - ges I shall
^ ^ + ^ ^ |s m m ^ ^ ^ - * -*-
ir^-|>-f=g=!?q!-jfc=g=Fg—
Vv
--»-*#— T » » p r ■' f f i
— -v— P— pi P — £=£ U la— ^— j
♦- -»- ■+■ * *
£
reach the oth - er side, And His smile will be the first to wel-come me.
mer- cy, love, and grace, That prepares for me a man-sion in the sky.
sing my wel-come home; But I long to mpet my Sav-ior first of all.
min-gle with de- light; But I long to meet my Sav-ior first of all.
tvt— * — P P — P P P — *— r» — P — P — P
^P-tr— — h 1 h 1 I . ' — -fc — b — b — s
32="— £=£=£
£=E
|«-
Chorus.
A — M^-
-b-U ^ ^r— 1 P^-s -vrH K— fH M^C4- N— k^h — i
fc^.-P-J — a !. _ _-l N — K — N — ! 1 £ — L . — ^0> — \J. — Pi-ZJ 1
§S§3
I shall know Him, I shall know Him, And redeemed by His side I shall stand;
I shall know Him, _ J _ ,
'M
:g?r?
fc£
B
t=£=bz£
i^g^g^
i-^r-
£#-#-#-
^g
d:
Sl§i|fes|
I shall know Him, I shall know Him By the print of the nails in His hand
1 shall know Him.
*** > J* > .
wp-|? zzl ^tz=-zzp=r±j==^=&— | b— b-|:fei±l
Copyright, 1891, by Jno. R. Sweney.
No. 52.
Never Give Up.
Fanny J. Crosby.
I. Allen Sanrey.
1. Nev-er be sad or de - spond - ing If thou hast faith to be - lieve;
2. What if thy bur-dens op-press thee; What tho' thy life may be drear;
3. Nev-er be sad or de-spond - ing, There is a morrow for thee;
^_§— 1» — # — * — i — s » W- — »-= — 6=P=r:=E — £=£ — i»^i
-fr— 7- -fcr— tr— [?— tr-Y
:p=£=^z:
-K ^ — s- — K-4-1 I — F^ — n — ^— j ^~=M~i^-t-
1/ ^ * * ; " U
Grace, for the du-ties be - fore thee, Ask of thy God and re - ceive.
Look on the side that is bright-est, Pray, and thy path will be clear.
Soon thou shalt dwell in its brightness, There with the Lord thoushalt be.
Chorus.
:d^==^=£=£|
St
ilzjjizJTs5
*=«— #=
1=1
Nev - er give up, Nev - er give up,
Nev - er give up, nev - er give up, Nev-er give up, nev-er give up,
mi
0—0—0 — =s * — 0—0 — s-sr
■t — » — #■
:t=6=S
-4-
■=E=[cits=H£=P=E==E
«=£
£— *— *-
±*=t<=tz=tz
l-U 5- K-r-l 1 r—P P P P ^ K-l 1
v P 1/ ^ 1 *3
Nev-er give up to thy sor-rows, Je - bus will bid them de - part;
:fcf
fr=^=t==£=£
:
£ee£
^
^
=fc=3==5=
Trust in the Lord, Trust in the
Trust in the Lord, trust in the Lord, Trust in the Lord,
3rfrT~c
-tr-\>-
Copyright, 1903. by the Biglow & Main Co,
Never Give Up.
Lord Sing when your trials are greatest , Trust in the Lord and take heart
trust in the Lord -
f'r1 -*- +■ *- -+■ m ♦
EK
/ / /
£=£
-«^-#_
iTfez!::
No. 53.
J. O. Thompson.
The Call for Reapers.
i—r
J. B. 0. Clemm.
1. Far and near the fields are teem-ing, With the waves of rip-ened grain;
2. Send them forth with morn's first beaming, Send them in the noon-tide's glare;
3. 0 thou, whom thy Lord is send-ing, Gath-er now the sheaves of gold,
pz
€-*
£±
mm
3
s
B
Ss=B3
^J^:
Far and near their gold is gleam-ing, O'er the sun - ny slope and plain.
When the sun's last rays are gleaming, Bid them gath-er ev- 'ry-where.
Heav'nward then at ev- 'ning wend-ing Thou shalt come with joy un-told.
* f '
Lord of har-vest, send forth reap-ers! Hear us, Lord, to Thee we cry;
is
-& 0— r<s> 0-
E
§
-tS-
-0— r*S>-
rn^rn
*£&£
kL
1
t~
I
^zzaj:
izttzi
^
T=*
n
Send them now the sheaves to gath-er, Ere the har-vest time pass by
-& M -^ ~— M r*3 ,-1 m ,-^S J—
-LP — F-t
j=r4_g_^g
#=Fs> — *— ^
*
Bt
Copyright, 1885, by Phillips & Hunt.
rr
~
Si
Ho. 54.
The Fight is On.
Mis. C. H. M.
Mrs. C. H. Morbis.
-4 — I — I
1. The fight is on, the trumpet sound is ring-ing out, The ciy "To arms" is
2. The fight is on, a -rouse ye soldiers brave and true; Je - ho- van leads, and
3. The Lord is lead - ing on to cer-tain vic-to-ry, The bow of prom-ise
— ^-T| j f— ^=V— 0-F
:£=£
mm
h$=£
p&mmmm
=^=>:
£=*
iE^S
t
heard a-far and near; The Lord of hosts is marching on to vie - to- ry, The
vie - fry will as-sure; Go buck-le on the ar-morGod has giv - en you, And
spans the east-ernskv; His glorious name in ev - 'ry land shall honored be, The
6E?EB
gi|L
£— £-£=£=£=!
Chorus. Unison.
IF8^
v i' i* 1 I l r
tri-umph of the right will soon appear.
in His strength un - to the end en-dure. The fight is on, 0 Chris -tian
morn will break, the dawn of peace is nigh.
3— *-
£=£=
-r— i — r
fe^fe^^^
r — r
^t
f
sol - dier, And face to face in stern ar - ray,
±ZJt
Sfe
With ar - mor
;_e f..
<-%-
t
t==t= p=i=:
i — r— i — F
tt
=t
Q=i^^Fid^E!
,J r f
f^H-
SE
s
-P P f P-LS
i i f i r
3
gleam-ing, and col-ors stream-ing, The right and wrong en-gage to - day;
— r — p— r~ ^—r-H-r-^
-f— r-
!=*=$=£
t
-P-—P-
Copyright, 1905, by Wm. J. Eirkpatrick.
The Fight is On.
Harmony
nurmuny
f - - * - • ;
The fight is on, but be not wea - ry, Be strong and in His might hold fast;
_ fc_ h_ fc ^_____ -X ■*•» m m. fe »♦♦ -J--. _
-— -■ -t*^» r r v v v
If God be for us, His banner o'er us, We'll sing the victor's song at last.
Vic - fry. vic-t'ry.
w-r-=--
m*
k U K
-*— *-
BEE
p
No. 55.
Bring Them In.
Alexcen'ah Thomas.
W. A. Ogden.
^-:
S
T^l-
1. Hark! 'tis the Shepherd's voice I hear, Out in the des-ert dark and drear,
2. Who'll go and help this Shepherd kind, Help Him the wand'ring one9 to find?
3. Out in the des-ert hear their cry, Out on the mountain wild and high;
rv ; * — P~ — » — * — *■
saw? [
M=Sz
J^
£
s!
I I
'feE^
K I .-LJ-,— 1^J==3
0 -0-.
A^p%=*
Call-ing the sheep who've gone astray, Far from the Shepherd's fold a-way.
Who '11 bring the lost ones to the fold, Where they'll be sheltered from the cold?
Hark! 'tis the Master speaks to thee, "Go find my sheep, where'er they be."
-*-* ■ m n* ' * — -—- m — 0-*—
12:
-0 0- — • — # 0-
p 'pZjcza r
I U Ml
1/ P I
Chorus. ^
*^
1 P
=PZ=^:
-0-,7-fc— . L51-J Lrs._I — — fi-fr s V| , ^ — r— n
•y -♦- *^ w ^ • *** ^ -0-
1S.
^1
J Bring them in, bring them in, Bring them in from the fields of sin;
I Bring them in, bring them in, Bring the wand'iing ones to [omit] Je-sus.
^Sf
-• — 0-
p p p -
3ze±t
ezzi — >"
kT* *
Jfe^-
Used by per. ol Mis. W. A. Ogden.
No. 56.
If You Will.
Charlotte G. Homkb.
£3
h h h_ h h ^-
r-l-
Chas. H. Gabriel.
■*--,
1. You to - day a won-drous work of love may do, If you will; To the
2. There's no need to ask of Him to show the way, If you will; There is
3. You may cross the roll- ing o - cean in His name, If you will; You may
— p— F^— v * \> v v v v rl — p—f—i — t-— ?-3
3S
f
*=£
*=*
.-
Mas -ter and yourself you may be true, If
work a-wait-ing for you ev - 'ry day, If
suf - fer pain and sorrow, grief and shame, If
r> r^ h r^ h m
you will;Wasteno time in ask-ing
you will; Here bestow a kind-ly
you will; But re-mem-ber "In that
t) I V 1/ < V v
how; Conscience tells you go, and now;Grace and st-ength the Lord will give to help you
deed;Yon-der help some one in need; 0 there's more that you can do, and not de-
day" God will wipe all tears a-way, And that you at last, thro'Him a crown may
♦ A- A ■*- £#- A k#- ,. ■*- -*- ^
-msm
g~g~rrf
thro', If you will. If you will the Lord will lead
lay, If you will. wm the Lord will lead you. safe - ly He will
claim, If you will. ^ ^ ^ ^
l§E3I?s^=g=£
y—9
V-tr
If you will
r
the
T"
will
t
s^
Lord
lead
-• — » — * — »— #B •-
J.
you In - to ways that dai - ly need you; In the
lead; In - to ways that sore - ly need you, ways that sore - ly need; In the
In - to ways that sore
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. E. Gabriel.
need
you; In the
If You Will.
—0—0—0 0 0
I u W\
des - - - ert He will feed
f^FFFP^
-0
-0—0-
tt
ia
you, Bless and keep you, If you will.
des - ert He will feed you, Sure-ly He will feed you, Bless and keep you, If you will.
J1 r* r< m J- r m> m * ♦»♦♦
I
3i
les - ert plac
-*<—/-
des - ert
Ho. 57.
will
feed you,
Walk in the Light.
Geo. C. Hugg.
1=1=1=
PPPPPJI
1. Walk in
2. Walk in
3. Walk in
the light the Lord has given
the light of gos - pel truth
the light, and thou shalt know
To guide thy steps a - right;
That shines from God's own word;
The love of God to thee:
His ho •
A light
The fel ■
ly Spir- it, sent from heav"n Can cheer the dark - est night,
to guide in ear- ly youth The faith -ful of the Lord,
low-ship, so sweet be - low, In heav'n will sweet- er be.
J'
Walk in the light, Walk in the Ugh t,
Walk in the light, in the beautiful light of God, Walk in the light, in the beautiful light of God,
f- -0---0- JL *JL4L#_.jt_ | -fL-'JL^, '£.'-'+. .&•-*_#•-£.
-0—9—0-
L-L/ l> '\j It ft \
*
?Z^^=~
-*-:-#- -0-.-0- -0- .^- -2I-
in the light, Walk in the light, the light of God.
Walk .
Walk in the light, in the beautiful light of God,
JL j0 0^M-0-.eL
m
fl 1 U gl"
— ^ — f — t — r -r— £? — r| 0 • 0 0—0— 0— t I ^ . — T3
Used by permission of Asa Hull, owner of copyright.
p p U p u *
Ho. 58. Singing of the Savior's Love.
James Rowb.
De Loss Smith.
0 — 0 0-—9—Lp — p e — • r
f— K-^E:
£=*:
:*:
s
1. Keep on sing-ing of the love of the match-less King a-bove, Making
2. With the light of love and cheer, keep on bright' ning places drear, Making
3. Thus Thy Sav-ior's prais-es sing, thus to Je - sus ev-er cling, Trusting
r Is _^_^ ! h^ , *- + a *- -#-
*=£=£==! JZZC , r; ^_x_ ^
tr-tr
#=*
t=t£=fc
£^E^Effi^=
-m- -0-
known the ma - ny bless-ings sent to thee; Keep on prais-ing Him each
known His wondrous pow - er and His grace; Tell-ing out the sto - ry
ful - ly in His won-drous pow'r and love Till this earth - ly life is
-* — h
1 ^ ^+* 1 -P r> k
day, as you tread life's thorny way, That the world may know the love that
sweet to the wayward ones you meet, Help-ing Christ to lift and save the
o'er; then, with an -gels ev - er-more, You shall praise Him in the soul's bright
y:
:fc=b=k
£=£=£
*=b:
-y—Y
0
%--
Chorus.
P-r-P-
£=f=t-
i=t^=*
&
1
ej -0- -+ -&. '
made you free,
hu-man race. Keep on sing-ing of the Sav - ior's love,
home a- bove.
P*=*=
^
. . sing-ing of the Sav-ior's precious care,
IN Ps i
+
fE&=$=££&^
4=6:
m
fc=F-
£=F
L d— — ^— iH^ tr * #— 1
^- V "^ ~& TT "# ft* "*- " m ^ ^
Prais-ing Him who left Hi3 throne a - bove; Hold-ing fast His wounded hand
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Singing of the Savior's Love.
• 1/
As you near the gold - en strand! Keep on sing-ing of the Sav-ior's love.
*£E3E
^fe
f-p-
No. 59.
p-r
> — g~rf"
Fanny J. Crosby.
,L P Is P
Only a Step.
mpi
P2S33
^zzfL
K
£=1
■£-,
W. H. DOANK.
:=i=p
1. On - Iy a step to Je-sus! Then why not take it now? Come, and thy
2. On - ly a step to Je-sus! Believe, and thou shalt live; Lov-ing - ly
3. On - ly a step to Je-sus? A step from sin to grace; What has thy
4. On - ly a step to Je-sus! 0 why not come, and say, Glad - ly to
m
:£S
£=t;
i — p—r
5=5=
V V u I
1/
Chorus.
\> u u
=fc£
e^
sin con-fess-ing, To Him thy Sav-ior bow.
now He's wait-ing, And read-y to for - give. On-ly a step, On-ly a step;
heart de - cid - ed? The moments fly a - pace.
thee, my Sav-ior, I give my-self a - way.
'£=$=>-
'^U
yz
rfrm
\^z^r:±-±-±-_
P--r
_h__js_-js__^
fa±tf=r=i=<=g=
t=±tt
Come, He waits for thee; Come, and thy sin confessing, Thou shalt receive a
-a- _*-•_«- .«- -*- -»- -m~ -a- -*-'-**-• -a- -«- -m. -m- P
| J .+ :*: *"* :£ £: * *: * it*** :£ :*: qt :
f 1 — r-17*— »— •— *-
bless-ing; Do not re - ject the mer - cy He free - ly of - fers thee.
ife*j=
£
1/ b V
Copyright, 1901, by V\T. H. Doane.
-0—
Z3£E$ESE3E$=£
w
I
ff& 60.
Eleanor Allen Schroll.
What They Say.
H. A. Hbnrv,
2
i
££
=1=^=
1. Have you seen the sunbeams shin-ing, Shin - ing all a - long the way?
2. Have you heard the wild birds singing, Sing -ing all a - long the way?
3. Have you seen the flow -ers growing, Grow-ing all a - long the way?
L»^
\g*'-
S
m
P
fes
-•
%=*%
Have you ev - er stop'd to list - en What they al - ways seem to say?
Have you ev - er stop'd to list - en What they al - ways seem to say?
Have _ you ev - er stop'd to list - en What they al - ways seem to say?
m^mm
Ev - 'ry beam of beau - ty gives us
Ev - 'ry lit - tie song-ster gives us
Ev - 'ry pret - ty blos-som gives us
-»-■»- -♦■ «- -* -*- -*-
Just
Just
Just
t
a glimpse of heav'n a-bove;
a glimpse of heav'n a-bove;
a glimpse of heav'n a-bove;
Ev - 'ry lit - tie sun-beam whispers: God iswis-dom, God is love.
Ev - 'ry lit - tie wild bird whispers: God is wis-dom, God is love.
Ev - 'ry lit - tie flow- er whispers: God iswis-dom, God is love.
~r% — y^t ft & r\
/?.& — May the chil-dren's hearts re 'ech-o: God is ivis-dom, God is lovel
Chorus.
re-<
~^-
£. S.
3=*
£
See:
God is wisdom,
God is love; Read
^:f=t
in the stars a-bove;
1?^
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 61.
As the Day Breaks.
A. A. Payn.
4^-
§9=4 — K-f- =$==l—*====m===-\ *-+- =]
C. Austin Miles.
£-4*— fV-
r±
^
E— -
:£r
"*-*
-* — *—
1. As the shad-ows of the night round are fall - ing, I am thinking of that
2. When we gath-er home at last there'll be sing -ing, Such as angels round the
3. I shall rise to be with Je - sus for - ev - er, I shall meet the ones who
day by and by; When the trum-pet of the Lord shall be call - ing,
throne nev - er heard; For the song of souls re-deemed shall go ring - ing,
passed on be - fore; We shall meet to part no more, nev - er, nev - er,
— V / y= * — y / I v —
m
*-
gzzfc:
i — r
*=mm
Chorus.
t=iEz3
As the day breaks o'er the hills.
As the day breaks o'er the hills. I'll go sing-ing, I'll go shouting on my
When the day breaks o'er the hills.
JSpZ
«:
# — *
£
• --£>-*--+*,
i
_* *_! 0 #_
:k=kz=K
j~y
-¥-—*-
journey home, Till the day breaks, till the day breaks, There'll be singing, there'll be
.0 *_•__« #
_ 0 * «- ~' » , ^ » *-*— » , , (g # 0.0*
s^— *— f * / e n ! ^ — e— t-jg — * ,* * r^~7
an #:
:£=*:
i> u u *v i
shouting, when we all get home, When the day breaks o'er the hills
the heav'nly hills,
fs fs Is fs
Jk «-
Sfe
4
t
-»-=-
s±=£=2=rr*
£=#=£
Copyright, 1905, by Hall-Mack Co.
*r±T
£=■
No. 62.
The Grand Old Bible.
With his permission, this song is gratefully inscribed to Dr. R. A. TORREY, in appreciation
of his steadfast loyalty to the grand old book— the BIBLE.
C. H. G. Chas. H. Gabriel.
u
Hold up the grand old Bi-ble to the peo - pie! De - ny it or neglect
Hold up the grand old Bi-ble and pro-claim it The word of God by proph
Hold up the grand old Bi-ble of our fa - thers,And send it un - to ev-
Hold up the grand old Bi - ble, proudly own it, Be-lieve, and search its sa-
V — k — is.
£z£pfc=fczf:
S=S
r v — -t-
i:
> V V V
£E
i
P
53^E
£e£S
=t
^
£=£
*=*
tTJ1
Un-fail-ing
it nev - erl Un-fail-ing it has stood the test of a - ges, And it shall
ets spok - en; His seal im-print-ed glows up - on its pag - es, And not a
'ry na - tion; It is the cloud by day, the fire in darkness, That lights the
cred pag - es; There you may find the way of life e - ter - nal— Im-mor-tal
if g. g P "■ *
m
stand unchanged for-ev - erl
pre - cept can be brok-en. 0 bless - ed book, . . - the on
way un - to sal - va - tion. o bless -ed book,
life thro' end - less a - ges.
m * s_
3
£
f
at
l=S
!-q — S-
-*-*
V^V
%
=*=^-
^
^J-i
M=
^^^^^
book, . . . The pow'rs of earth can change it nev-er! The test of
the on - ly book, a __ CT^ . ~
_» — | }_ tt" Lp.
^
?
t-
rr
fire and flood thro* a-ge9 it hath stood, And it shall stand unchanged lor-ev-er.
^ >— -h— I L L L. .*— C^==-*::- P ' i '
•y '1 I — t^-tr
Copyright, 1907. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
i* r i
ITo. 63.
On to Victory.
C. S. K.
C. S. Kauffman.
p^il^IS
1. Je-sus is call - ing! Forth to the fray, In line be fall - ing,
2. He needs you, broth-er, Do thou His will. Your place no oth - er
3. Morning is com -ing, Night will be past, Soon will the dawn-ing,
:.^l==5^*=^1--:
fcsfcl
X=L
X^^?
^rinkr^^^sd^^
r
Him to - day; Fol - low Him ev - er, Call no re - treat,
er can fill; Gird on the ar - mor, Take up the sword,
: in at last", Then with the morn-ing, Glo-rious and bright,
iz
-"
Chorus. Unison.
i
5=53:34
33*
r^r
z!:rr-t-tefcbihte:A»3zz:
His sol-diers nev - er Suf - fer de - feat.
Join your Commander, Fol - low your Lord. (On to vie - fry,
Rich crowns a-dorning, Vic -tors of light. \On to vie - try,
s£±
A *-
ap3*
-#—
~1»- 1#
j| — v-^- > fcl ^zzzzzif :^_J; c£r. — —T^~^-^ is v q
J W I U -|H* ■ .-I ■■ e.-».
follow your mighty Commander, On to vie- fry, follow where Jesus may
close to yourShield and Defender, (Omit)
0- —
^
_*_' i ' l_ » 1 . I « ». . i m. I « .• . 1-1
go;,
On
r
?1C - fry, con-quer-ing ev-'ry foe.
]gg|£gg|g^
Copyright, 1901, by TuUar-Meredith Co
5
Ho. 64. Scattering' Precious Seed.
W. A. Ogden.
Geo. C. Hcgg.
t) -0- -0- -0- 9 -0- -0- * -£*- -0- +-\ ' -0- -0- -0- 9 -0- -0-
1. Scat-ter-hg precious seed by the way-side,
2. Scat-tpr-ing precious seed for the grow-ing,
3. Scat-ter-ing precious seed, doubting nev-er,
-0— %— 0 P—-9 • » -• 0~
Scatter-ing precious seed
Scatter-ing precious seed,
Scatter-ing precious seed,
L=-_*— *-
i=M*-
=i^=*
^zzzjE:
^ k ^
by the hill-side;
free - ]y sow - ing;
trust-ing ev - er;
*- — » — ns
Scat-ter - ing pre-cious seed o'er the field wide,
Scat-ter - in^ pre-cious seed, trusting, 'knowing,
Sow - ing the word with pray'r and en-deav - or,
K— erB
-,■
^^E
u \> \>
■-r-
-»-£-
Chorus.
rrt
Scat-ter-ing precious seed by the way.
Sure - ly the Lord will send it the rain.
Trusting the Lord for growth and foryield.
I Sow
\Sow
ing
bag
the
the
Sowin? the precious seed.
morn
eve
Sow - ing the pre
ing, Sow
ning,
cious seed. Sow - in
y-St-
£
%
*=£=*=*=
the seed
ing at the
at noon - tide.
tz=fc
£
&-t
^=?
te
~r
-2-
noon - - tide;
Sow-ing the pre-cious seed;
■+-- m-P^1 #»-«»-#»-3— —J — * — * ♦ a r a~ g u
fe-5J
m
Sowing the precious seed by the way
by the way.
Used by per. of Geo- C Hugg, owner of copyright.
Ho. 65. Will the Master Say "Well Done?"
Maud Frazer.
Vrt=i-
*=*
$=£=£
{crf=i
fEE£
Chas. H. Gabriel.
When ray life on earth is o'er, When God's judgment throne be-fore,
Let me not in thoughtless ease Live my - self a - lone to please,
'Tis the Mas-ter's prom-ise true, He who tries God's will to do,
m -*- * -m- ■+■ ♦ ■&■*■ <*- ty- ■*- ■+■ ■+■
£
fc=E=
*=£
^
E*=i
^-^
*
>
q-
*=£
:=£=£=£=£=t
^=1=3
I the Sav - ior face to face shall see;
Nor the praise of men my glo - ry be;
•Shall the lov-ed of the Fa - ther be;
4*- **-'
In the Book re-cord-ed clear,
Nev - er, nev - er from my heart
He a crown of life shall win,
All my deeds shall then appear; Will the Mas-ter say "Well done" to me?
May this sol-emn tho't de-part— Will the Mas-ter say "Well done" to me?
Joy e - ter - nal en - ter in; Will the Mas-ter say "Well done" to me?
*=£
~*^
t:
F=F=F
t V V
t=£
E5=£
^P=
-~f-
<&— —
m
^-.
Chorus.
D. S. — Mas - ter say "Well done' to me?
Will the Master say"Well done" to me? Do I strive to ev - er faith-ful
_ _ - "Well done" to me?
-r- -£- , - iii
?=b=tr=F»=^=#=g^b~ \t=zw=p>\ T~r=PF=F=r=FH — ' — I
i=
£rfdbzfcd
giggjZj^l^dpg
be? With the talents that He gave Am I seeking souls to save? Will the
faith-M be?
Copyright, l'JGS, by Chaa. U. Gabriel.
Ho. 66.
You.
Eleanor W. Long
it" Z-s fcnr-f>
&33v3
to
the
Chas H. Gabriel
1. See the tribes and ra - ces ral - ly to the stand-arc! of the Lord!
2. In the Shepherd's fold a - bid - ing, where the watch-fires brightly shine,
3. In the fields and in the vine-yards faith - ful toil - ers la - bor on
There are
In the
Where the
te
thousands up - on thousands who
se - cret of His Presence, rest
Mas - ter-Eeap - er bids them, till
b • m i — — / ' ■ — - — I 1
His
ing
the
_#_
=*=
lov-
in
day
ing call have heard;
His love di -vine,
is oast and gone:
B
fefeE
:fe&
*-i — *-n+y-s — * — I — — €—5* — hg * — £-g*a
S7\
-0~
There are ranks on ranks who fol-low when the Cap-tain gives the word, But the
Safe from harm and safe from dau-ger are"the nine -ty and the nine, "But the
They will reap a golden guerdon when shall break the fadeless dawn, But the
£_. -p. .£. £. -.. .p. .0. .0. .0.-0. jl. .a.
Chorus. i\ —
■f
i^^Et
j—
:f±f=r=S3S
Cap - tain wants you!
Shep-herd wants you!
Mas - ter wants you!
wants ynu!
The Cap-tain wants you! The Cap- tain wants
The Shep-herd wants you! The Shepherd wants
The Mas -ter wants you! The Mas-ter wants
wants you! wants you!
you!
you!
you!
Me
to* ♦
No tribe or race can fill your place, The Cap - tain wants you!
No tribe or race can fill your place, The Shepherd wants you!
No tribe or race can fill your place, The Mas - ter wants you!
wants you!
fzfcfcfc
1 1-
t=fc
J±£
*4c
lii
Copyright, 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 67. All the Way My Savior Leads.
Fanny J. Crosby.
¥fc
Robert Lowry.
IN —
1. All the way my Sav - ior leads me; What have I to ask be -side?
2. All the way my Sav - ior leads me, Cheers each winding path I tread;
3. All the way my Sav - ior leads me; 0 the ful - ness of His love!
Can I doubt His ten
Gives me grace for ev
Per -feet rest to me
der mer - cy Who thro' life has been my guide?
fry tri - al, Feeds me with the liv - ing bread;
is promised In my Fa-ther's house a-bove;
fe
Z *■
Heav'n-ly peace, di - vin - est com-fort, Here by faith in Him to dwell!
Tho' my wea - ry steps may fal - ter, And my soul a -thirst may be,
When my spir - it, clothed, Ln-mor-tal, Wings its flight to realms of day,
I h r> h
Si
U 1/
nns
\
* 0 -0- -0r
For I know, what-e'er be - fall me, Je - sus do - eth all things well;
Gush-ing from the Rock be - fore me, Lo! a spring of joy I see;
This my song thro' end -less a - ges — Je - sus led me all the way;
For I know, what-e'er be - fall me, Je-sus do - eth all things well.
Gush-ing from the Rock be-fore me, Lo! a spring of joy I see.
This my song thro' end-less a - ges — Je-sus led me all the way.
M ,-t- £ f *■ *- *-
^mm
fe=5 r^r?— i
m
t&z
Copyright, 1908, by Mary Runyan Lowry. Renewal.
So. 68.
Be a Voice.
Miriam E. Arnold.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
J _ 12_| -m- — » — #-^ — « — # \0 «- — « — f—p- -»-. — »■
:t-t---t-
3=F=;
1. Be a voice to speak for Je - sus,
2. Be a voice to speak for Jo - sus;
3. Be a voice to speak for Je - sus,
4. Be a voice to speak for Je - sus, Let your life a wit-ness be
Je • sus,
Go proclaim His pow'r to save;
'Tis a lit - tie thing to do;
Some His love may never know;
Sq-uX- — * , * ; i
fEdzfh£=£=£=e
!_*_l>:2=»=|i:zzpjiij
Tell the world that God so loved them, That His on - ly Son He gave.
Yet the good it may ac - com-p!ish, If you to your Lord are truel
If your tongue, in i - die si - lence, Shall re-fuse His grace to show.
For the Mas-ter, till He calls you Ev - er with Him-self to be.
— —f—-f — P— -f m-
— t~r
i — f
i
_«_C_^_"*_» km-
V=ttr-
ril
Chorus.
horus.
—p-p—p-r L \v — fef-tr— jm — I r '^
p-f — — L; — i — L; — $-\r- -t-
Be a voice to speak for Je - sus, And His way in hearts pre-pare;
ie£e£e£e£
££=£=?=£
» ^-; f 1 — U 4--
£3
t
s:
-12..
t=
t? — *-fr — t?-i — r
*
SS^l^i^l^Piil
-*-*■
Then when He the sheaves shall gather, In His glo - ry you shall share;
i rT1^
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel
■*-t—r
z-s'
Ho. 69. Sowing the Seed of the Kingdom.
F. A. F.
rfifc: r. ■ . • r.— :.._&
— # — •p-t:S==S— J— i — »^-#^cs — *— — £ c* — *
Fred. A. Fillmore.
V v • 1/
1. Are you sow-ing the seed of the king-dom, brother, In the mom-ing
2. Are you sow-ing the seed of the king-dom, brother, In the still and
3. Are you sow-ing the seed of the king-dom, brother, All a - long the
-#- A -*- A A A
B^eSee^s^
=p=£
£=£
t=t=
£
bright and fair? Are you sow - ing the seed
sol - emn night? Are you sow - ing the seed
*W
■-3=1— t—t
of the king-dom, brother,
of the king-dom, brother,
fer - tile way? Would you glean gold-en sheaves in the har - vest, brother,
r-f^E-
In the heat of the noonday's glare?
For a har - vest pure and white? For the har-vest time is com-ing
Come and join the ranks to - day.
AAA A~". J h |s
fj^*
t=:
US
k 1/
1
«=aa= -fy-p ^r— J-J-F— '^^S-J
ii=FFr::
on, And the reaper's work will soon be done; Will your sheaves be
com-ing on, soon be done;
i / r i a a a a t*^AJ J"-*l ± .+- + a
V
-k_V— k=Rzt(ffi
*
\> V
-\-—l
te^s^
=£z=fc:
-E— E— t
1
5
F*
*E*
T=T
ma - ny, will you gar - ner an- y, For the gath'ring at the har-vest home?
r
A A M A A # A A # I
Used by per. of Fillmore Bros., owners of copyright.
No. 70.
Watching Over All.
Rev Wm C Pool.
Chas. II. Gabriel.
f 0 0 0 E <t • 1 1 gr * 0-
trt
1. Back of ev - 'ry drop of rain, Fall - ing gen - tly o'er the land,
2. Back of ev - 'ry flake of enow, Mak-ing earth so spot-less white,
3. He who notes the sparrow's fall, Sees the rain-drops and the snow,
J. H i 1—
3=i a.
4— F^
P
:v
S:t
-t
j-
m.
h — ■
£e£
S
h — h
Are the gold - en sheaves of grab,
Shielding from the winds that blow,
Will not fail rne when I call,
J. ^ J *
And a lov- ing Fa-ther's hand.
Is a lov- ing Fa-ther's might.
He can hear me whis-per low.
£:
£
Chorus.
*=£
S
tz\n
S=j5i:
-0-i '*>— r~ -0
Z=t=*
F— fc
Watch-ing o - ver all, God is watch-ing o - ver all; He sees the ten - der
-0- -e- -0- -#-• in in
-0- -f-
£=£
:*:
-0- -#-• in r
^
*:
£=£=£=£=£
fe=£
^
ye
£=*
grass-es, And notes the spar-rows fall; He clothes the fragrant lil - ies, He
4L JL JL .£. -£." -Jt.
hears the children call; God in lov-ing kind-ness is watch-ing o - ver all.
Copyright, 1908. by Chas H. Gabriel.
0 ip 0 0 r- ■
y-r
No. 71. Will There be Any Stars?
E. E. Hewitt.
Jso R. Sweney.
1. I ana think-ing to - day of that beau- ti-ful land I shall reach when the
2. In the strength of the Lord let me la - bor and pray, Let me watch as a
3. 0 what joy it will be when His face I be-ho!d, Liv-ing gems at His
k U
£«#
*=?=:
=fe-±-
:±:
sun go - eth down; When thro' won-der - ful grace by my Sav - ior I stand,
win - ner of souls, That bright stars may be mine in the glo - ri - ous day
feet to lay down! It would sweet-en my bliss in the cit - y of gold,
5ttJ> a—J-T-1 &-*--#—#—• — i— Is fed E
¥
S
*-
Chorus.
r
Will there be an - y stars in my crown?
When His praise like the sea bil-lows rolls. Will there be an - y stars, an - y
Should there be an - y stars in my crown.
y V V I I, < I tf I. I k
U P
0 k
yb=fc=^^rt=^^z=^ t3=^=£d
— i # — 0 — a — * — #-l^ Li — r-F-i L *
frf?
*=t*
333
stars in my crown, When at ev'ning the sun goeth down? . . When I wake with the
goeth down?
-#--*#-r# — * — f — i * — »-r — ^ — — f — f-r*
blest in the mansions of rest, Will there be an - y stars in my crown? ....
an - y stars in ray crown?
! N L
Copyright, 1897, by Jno. B. Sweney. Used by per. of Mrs Jno. R. Sweney.
No. 72.
Charlotte G. Homer.
Thou Art Our King.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. Great Je-ho-vah, God of our fa-thers, Un - to Thee our songs as - cend;
2. As of old, thro' great trib u - la - tion— E - ven tnro' the wa - ters deep—
3. When the clouds are dark-est a-bove us, And our hearts grow faint with fear,
£=3F
^ptzz*
I
>i*
v=$
fe=Ffc
r=f==m
-i
mm
=c
a-
£
R
i^&==53
t^—±=t
\?-v-
i
Of Thine own Thou art ev-er mind-ful, And Thy mer- cy hath no end;
Thou didst lead Thine own, Thou art a-ble Still to lead and guard Thy sheep;
In the si - lent hour, or the thun-der Of the storm, we feel Thee near;
, -f feiJ i J-y-!-[f : &— %— \— r
ft — P~~9
f
y
=« — r — v
p
^S
We would hon- or and a-doreThee, For there is no God be - fore Thee,
For tho' dan-gers 'round us press-ing, Grant to us a gra-cious bless-ing,
Near to com-fort and be-friend us, Near to strengthen and de-fend us,
-&-
4—
P"» — tg"
--P
TT-^
I*=P=b>=N
-^
Chorus. Unison.
e£
■<■&-*-*- «- -^— •- — I 3 — ^ ' **=) ---p# '
gg£f|ii^fffSg
} Thou art our King! Un-to
\ Thou art our King! Un-to
■#4#i;»
3333=
m
-&>
,s> 1 — m— j — J — ^-«
^r
I r I ( -r I * ' f I *:
Thee we sing, Thou art the Guide and Guardian of our earthly days; \
Thee we bring Our hearts oi grat-i-tude, and happy songs of (Omit) i praise.
nngum
Copyright, 1907, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
r
mm
No. 73. Jesus is All the Woria to Me,
W. L. T-
:±=n
Will L. Thompson.
-j h -i— ±
LK— E-«l J=rg=:.T=q i i=p=qz=qxj=2j
1. Je - sus is
2. Je - sus is
3. Je - sus is
4. Je - sus is
all
all
all
all
the world to
the world to
the world to
the world to
ggB
-£
me, My life, my joy, my all;
me, My Friend in tri - als sore;
me, And true to Him I'll be;
me, I want no bet - ter friend;
-I— •
'4
SE
t u I
§S
zhz
I
te=±=Ff—f-i
l-%
V
r
*=#
^mm
He is my strength from day to day, With-out Him I would fall.
I go to Him for bless-ings, and He gives them o'er and o'er.
0, how could I this Friend de - ny, When He's so true to me?
I trust Him now, I'll trust Him when Life s fleet-ing days shall end.
1— r*— £-¥■ — F— rP 5"— V ±-tT f 0 — rw^r— n
When I am sad, to Him I go; No oth-er one can cheer me so;
He sends the sun-shine and the rain, He sends the harvest's gold -en grain;
Fol - low-ing Him, I know I'm right; He watch-es o'er me day and night;
Beau-ti-ful life with such a Friend, Beau-ti -ful life that has no end;
£=£
0 0 0 • —rf 0 O - — r 0 • 0 0~r0 0 »~ —
jEE ■ — w^ — ~?~™ I*"— L-r-t-^ — » p * — p— Hi — p~~± . -
When I am sad,
Sun - shine and rain,
Fol - low - ing Him,
E - ter - nal life,
■Ih- w -0-. -0-
He makes me glad: He's my
har - vest of grain: He's my
by day and night: He's my
e - ter - nal joy: He's my
Friend.
Friend.
Friend.
Friend.
mm^^m^m^m^mm
Copyright. 1904, by Will L. Thompson.
No. 74.
Marching Orders.
Eleanor W. Long.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. There's a war to wage with sin, Foes with-out and foes with-in, Gird your
2. Tho' to-day the war-fare cease, And the world seem hushed in peace, Keep your
3. When our Captain gives command, At "At-ten-tion!'' we will stand With our
tfe*:
17—0-
"^ »~
u-r
SJe
:*z
■*-*— p-
fe
1r- F
) — N-
-a a s »
^
=§f^
P
m
at- mor on!
ar- mor on!
ar- mor on!
*■ A
> |i=
gird your ar - mor on!
keep your ar - mor on!
with our ar - mor on!
v.
We've a Cap-tain tried and true,
Not far off the camp-fires shine;
We are sol -diers of His grace;
"• — r
And He says to me, to you, It is time to dare and do— Gird your
Soon there'll be for thee and thine, Fighting all a - long the line— Keep your
We shall see Him face to face, And He'll find us in our place With our
ar - mor on!
HI
We will march, march, march, By night as well
as day,
:?±=i£
S
m
m
£
r
r
t
£EE
-4-
With a step that is firm and stead - y! Yes.we'H march,march,march where
wmrnm^
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel,
r^-
V
*
^^
r
r
Marching Orders.
lie may lead the way— When the or- der comes to march, We are read - yl
No. 75.
More About Jesus.
E. E. Hewitt.
V:
fe^
_§__
Jno. E. Sweney.
1. More a-bout Je - sus would 1 know, More of His grace to oth-ers show;
2. More a-bout Je - sus let me learn, More of His ho - ly will dis-cern;
3. More a-bout Je - sus, in His Word, Holding communion with my Lord;
4. More a-bout Je - sus, on His throne, Eich-es in glo - ry all His own;
Is
More of His sav-ing full-ness see, More of His love who died forme.
Spir - it of God, my teach -er be, Show-ing the things of Christ to me.
Hear-ing His voice in ev - 'ry lin , Mak - ing each faith-ful say-ing mine.
More of His kingdom's sure increase; Mre of His com-ing, Prince of Peace.
— -0— 0 0 — m0
More, more a-bout Je - sus, More, more a-bout Je - sus;
\-Wjr
T±E^
m
More of His sav - in? full - ness see, More of His love who died for me.
F , |s
Copyright, 1887, by Jno. E. Sweney.
So. 76. Lift High the Lord's Banner.
Ada Blenkhorh.
=t=£
^^E^:|_LJ_j
Chas. H. Gabriil.
--4-
ESEfE
r
1. Lift high the Lord's ban-ner, March on-ward with Bong, And join in the
2. Lift high the Lord's ban-ner, March on-ward with song, Fear not when the
3. Lift high the Lord's ban-ner, March on-ward with song, The right He will
-tLy" :f- y y- y- -pr. y" -pr -jg- y"
5S
tzi
—f 1 1— I
r
5±^=
t=E=g
i-
B
j
-+— i — i-
t£
s^-s
con - flict to-day— fear not! Keep close to the Cap-tain, to Him we be-
foe is in view— fear not! Fight bravely tho bat-tie 1 It will not be
al - ways de-fend— fear not! Our Sav - iour and God, Ho is might-y and
^ztEtg
4U-
Chorus.
E£3±3Effi
^
:*?s;
^E£
?—
1 tr
long, Whate'er He commandcth,o-bey, fear not!
long Till Christ ev-'ry foe shall 6ubduc, fear not! Lift high the Lord"s banner,
strong, With lis Ho will be to the end, fear not!
p- 0 *_i__»_<»_ . k# 0 ■+: » , T" T* .T" ,f~' \i ,f'r
i=1=p»
r
N— h
— qz±d=gn3:
*=±
s
r— fr
rt
5,-
and march to the Btrife! He'll fight for nis children tho bat-tlo of life, And
fflE
&
^ — g~
^i^^EFfa|
ftb
Efc
45
-1 M-tt: — ! —
sfc*
ES
lands we o - beyl
lead us to glo-ri-ous vic-t'ry each day, If all His commands we o - bey!
Copy n eh t, 1008, by Chas H. Gabriel.
No. 77.
Fanny J. Crosby
J2
Victory Through Grace.
J.NO. R. SWENEY.
D
1. Conquering now and
2. Conquering now and
3. Conquering now and
still to con-quer, Rid-eth a King in
still to con-quer, Who is this won-der
still to con-quer, Je-sus, Thou Rul-er
h
Jr.
His might,
ful King?
of all,
Lead-mg the host of all the faith-ful In -to the midst of the fight;
Whence are the armies which He lead-eth, While of His glo - ry they sing?
Thrones and their scepters all shall per-ish, Crowns and their splendor shall fall;
See them with cour-age ad - vanc-ing, Clad in their bril-liant ar ■
He is our Lord and Re-deem-er, Sav - ior and Mon-arch di •
Yet shall the ar - mies Thou lead-est, Faith-ful and true to the
A- -*-. + +. Jt. *-_. j_, ^.
z&
±—b-
:EE| r—
ray,
vine,
last,
k i
^i^
s.
Shout-ing the name of their Lead-er, Hear them ex-ult -ing - ly say:
They are the stars that for - ev - er Bright in His king-dom will shine.
Find in Thy man-sions e - ter - nal, Rest when their warfare is past.
IN IN > -»-. I I
D.S. — Yet to the true and the faith-ful, Vic -fry is prom-ised thro' grace.
Chorus.
d=0
.-I-
D.S.
9^Z =_fr N -fr-pfrfZ
V V V
i/ v y •*«/
Not to the strong is the bat -tie, Not to the swift is
the
Copyright, 1890. by Jno. R. Sweney.
Ho. 78.
Praise Him.
Charlotte G. Homer.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
man - u - el, our King; Grate - ful trib - ute cheer - ful - ly we bring
theme of ev - 'ry song; And as we His ho - ly tern - pie throng,
and His laws o - bey; Nev - er shall His king-dom pass a - way;
@j=f— f-H^zzgzzg:
* V t
-H—
fc=£
w-5-
==fc
Chorus.
mmmm
Un - to Him who gave His life a world to save.
Praise to Hirn we give, Who died that we might live. Praise Him, praise Him,
He from shore to shore Shall reign for - ev - er more.
-Is - -fc - - _ . . _ _fV # -#- A -#-
Au-thor of sal-va-tion; Praise Him, praise Him, Give Him a - do-ra-tion;
s=J
^^=#
s
jf — #— » — J— #h-j -i | — t — L-, — r- — r- 1 — r
Our Je - ho-vah is King all glo - ri - ous, And, while an-gels prostrate fall,
+ -*- A
i— h
Copyright. 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
V t
We u-nite
Praise Him.
i^i^P«li
WM
j- — pn -T *— zr
ln a song vie - to - ri-ous, As we crown Him Lord of all.
-0- *- -*-. A. *.
_#=Sxift
IT-
No. 79.
=i^=£
BEffifc
*t
"N^fehf^-r
:^=2ip
1 — r
r
For Jesus.
T. C. N.
T. C. Neal.
1. Car-ry a srail-ing face for Je - sus,Brioht with sun-shine from a-b'ove;
2. Car-ry a hap - py heart for Je -sus, Fill d with peace, so rich and free;
3. Car-ry a will-ing mind for Je-sus, Saying each day, "Here, Lord, am I;"
Tell-ing to all of joy and glad-ness Born of a Sav - ior s love.
Leading the lost to seek the bless- ing Won-drous-ly keep - ing thee.
Read-y to go where He may send you, Eead-y to do or die.
-P 1 T— f f— r# h — £— 0 s-r-= —
fe~^=^
£=£
=,
Refrain.
I— ^ g 0 • S— : '-T— S— L~- *— « —
will, I will,
I will, I will,
Car-ry a smil - ing face for Je-sus;
Car-ry a hap - py heart for Je-sus;
Car-ry a will - ing mind for Je-sus;
1 will.
I will,....
I will,
m
^=p=
•5 — U— »
Smil-ing with heav'n-ly love
Won-drous-ly keep - ing me.
Say-ing, "Here, Lord, am I."
-*- A I |S
~f — b — E — # *! !
s±~
Coryright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 80.
C. A. M.
The Cloud and Fire,
C. Austin Miles.
m^mm^^^mm^^
Is - ra - el Were compelled in the wil-der-
2. To and fro as a ship with-out a sail, Not a coiu-pass to guide them
3. All the days of their wand'rings they were fed, To the land of the prom-ise
As of old when the hosts of
ness to dwell, Trust-ing they in their God to lead the way To the
thro' the vale, But the sign of their God was ev - er near, Thus their
they were led, By the hand of the Lord in guid-ance sure, They were
?&=*-
i — r
-#_
:Fr^— ^^—biH^
Chorus.
3E£=fe
n
3
vt%
light of per - feet day.
faint-ing hearts to cheer. So the sign of the fire by night,
brought to Canaan's shore.
r r *
And the
mt
'
£*
M-1
-?
-*-*-
-^ — fr-1 >— i — I sr i ' N^ rr-t- I K l vT—f
sign of the cloud by day, Hov'ring o"er,
4
=i=±=
just be-fore,
As they journey
4-
6>
j nr
on their way, Shall a guide and a leader be, Till the wil-der-ness be past,
-|. , , I , r4— , U-^4^0-4 _■ — I 1
nr
ast,
^^
•= — * ' i i h J
Copyright, 1900, by Hall-Mack Co.
The Cloud and Fire.
^
1 t T T T' f f 7¥
m
For the Lord our God in His own good time, Shall lead to the light at last.
4
.--I 1-
*3
t~
g^m
-0- -0-
i — r
U« — l-i u-
i— r
i— r
H
-#
Kfo. 81.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Every Day and Hour.
^
W. H. DOANB.
Ht
eJ • -0-' * s>- -*- -0- * v. \iy
1. Sav - ior, more than life to me, I am clinging, clinging, close to Thee;
2. Thro' this changing world be -low, Lead me gen-tly, gen-tly, as I go;
3. Let me love Thee more and more, Till this fleeting, fleeting, life is o'er;
-0 #—
1/
1/ u
*=t=*=*
• "•"• • -&- -0- -0- * V. ' ' 0 ^J.
-<s>- -0- -0- ' y
Let Thy pre-cious blood ap-plied, Keep me ev-er, ev-er, near Thy side.
Trust-ing Thee, 1 can -not stray; I can nev-er, nev-er, lose my way.
Till my soul is lost in love, In a brighter, brighter, world a-bove.
Sg
Chorus.
S3
f m f \f f t *^"~g- £ lg~l
s
^— ?-
■l—
#— ttf -v- - 0 # i_t^,_d
Ev - 'ry day, ev - 'ry day, Let me feel Thy cleansing pow'r;
and hour, and hour,
-0- .0- .0. -0-. \ -0-.
— . 0- — #— r0 — 0 — 0 »— *»— r0 — 0—0 1 H 0 0—rs5 1
W # -«-■ * -<§*• -0- -0- ° U * -&r
MayThy ten-
ZZ?Zt2z5=^3l-
May Thy ten-derlove to me Bind me clos-er, clos er, Lord to Thee.
/TV
0 —-0 0— 0 I d? 0— 0— r 0 0 —~0 0 ~-0-
ZfcZfC
Copyright. 1903, by W. H. Doane.
1/ i/
^k=p=p^— £
No. 82.
Harry Malcolm Chalpant.
33
1. For conquer'd fields I do
2. I do not ask that He
3. If dis-ap-point-ment be
Choosing the Hill Country.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
not
will
my
-0-
ask, From toil and tears I would not flee;
give The milk and hon-ey of the land;
lot, And scorn-ful foes dis-tress my life,
a=^
fet
-p—\r
:)■=£
t— I— r
3EE=i
L*:
Nor do I seek the eas-y task, The hill -y land my choice would be.
I do not ask that I may live In gild - ed home or pal - ace grand.
I trust in Him, He fails me not, But grants me peace in midst of strife.
-0- _ . . -0- _ - I |s
-*T~
E
3==bb^±;
p
The foe is there, and lo, his sword Is drawn, the land he will not yield;
The threat'ning storm I do not fear, The thorn-y path I would not shun,
Thus shall my days glide swift-ly on^ Till in this world I cease to roam,
But God is faith-ful and His word Shall be my for-tress and my shield.
But on - ly plead that He might hear My pray'r for strength the race to run.
Till sight3 and sounds of time are gone, And I have reached my endless home.
m^=£
■$=*■
V V V
rr-
:::z
i=6=:
m
Chorus.
-4-
Si3
^
g
^^
Give me the field cf
la - bor, Let
£=EB
t=
me work till
1 — v I .
set of sun,
i i
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Choosing the Kill Country.
4=
1
!^3±3E
*=2
"
%
r
r
:i
i
That when the Mas - ter com-eth, He may say "Well done!"
-&- ■+>'-*■ -0- -*- -0- _0 m -0- I _ _
s
No. 83.
Face to Face.
Mrs. Frank A. Bkck.
Grant Colfax Tullab.
J N s
1' * 9 0
d-. -a — 9 i—
-** 0
1. Face to face with Christ my Sav - ior, Face to face — what will it be,
2. On - ly faint -ly now I see Him, With the dark-ling veil be-tween;
3. What re-joic-ing in His pres- ence, When are ban-ished grief and pain,
4. Face to face— 0 bliss -ful mo-ment! Face to face to see and know;
- — 0 -t-*-^0—„VZ- -0 — '0 — 5 — S
££=4=i
^
-^
&=
^pjlsj
4—4-
«-»-*-
S3=
-=-s-
When with rapt-ure I be - hold Him, je - sus Christ who died for me?
But a bless -ed day is com - ing, When His glo - ry shall be seen.
When the crooked ways are straightened, And the dark things shall be plain!
Face to face with my Re-deem-er, Je - sus Christ Who loves me so.
m
Chorus.
4 — n r^ r*
—
Gr
*=$
Face to face shall I be - hold Him, Far be-yond the star-ry sky;
-t—t
U
"J
Face to face in all His glo - ry, I shall see Him by and by!
-*— * — — X J ? >'- * — '-■ — *— H?"
U
ferf:
Copyright, 1899. by Tullar-Meredith Co.
So. 84. In the Golden Morning.
F. A. S.
-J— 4-
Frank A. Simpkins.
•zzjz^^3^^
H-
v —
gold-en morn-ing, all our reap-ing done, And the sheaves all
gold-en morn-ing, when the dead shall rise, When we reach those
gold-en morn-ing, in a far off land, With our loved ones
gold-en morn-ing, all our wait-ing o'er, When the Voice e-
gath-ered safe - ly, one by one; When the trump shall sound aloud from
man-sions in th'e -ter - nal skies; When we meet our lov'd ones who have
and the ran-somed we shall stand; Oh, the un -told rap - tu re that we
ter - nal sounds from shore to shore; We will join the cho - rus of the
t
tb
EE
£-*
Fine.
CT3
fe£^E3ESES=
mmm^m
sea to sea, Then we'll join the cho -rus of e - ter - ni - tyl
gone be - fore We will sing ho - san - na there for - ev - er-more.
there shall feel, As be -fore the throne of Christ the Lord we kneel!
blood-wash'd throng, As they sing His prais-es in the one glad song.
I -0- -#- *
tr#-; +~ -3- -F-
» U*- — » rP 0-
D. S. — ev - er sing, Glad ho - san - nas to our bless- ed Lord and King
Chorus. . , ^
v.<nuttua. 1 r\ 1 s
=^^P^^J^
r-h— V
-3—
In the morn - ing, in the morn - ing, When the shades have
In the morn, in the gold - en morn, When the shades
0 . •: + 0_* *
S^Hfe
lig
*=t^E
^
te
B
!§B;H^
-V
rrr-
ta-
Z). ff.
f-
s
*
passed a-way; We will meet our Sav - ior, and for-
all have passed a - way;
VB-U-£I h K h K 1 ta «•
it
l-V— g-4-
Copyright, 1908, by Cha». H. Gabriel.
g^ia
Uo. 85.
Just to Bs Like Jesus.
Edna G. Young.
1. Just to be like
2. Just to be like
3. Like Him when the
4. Just to be like
r* h v
0 0 — 0-
Je - sus, Is my pray'r to -day, Walk-ing in His
Je - sus, Oft a - lone in pray'r: Lov-ing and for-
bil - lows Round a -bout me roll; Like Him when the
Je - sus, Pa-tient, kind and true; In HisSpir-it
=l=#=q=*
::/_
qz^^ze : 0
:-:
,
0~*
h h
n
b—K
J====l F «!:z-*I=?::=~*^«! I I -ft
footsteps Where He leads the way; Just to
giv-ing, Lightning oth-ers' care; Just to
sun-shine Fills my in - most soul; Like Him
do - ing Ev - 'ry - thing 1 do; Like Him
like
like
sub-
'ry
Je - sus, When the
Je - sus, In sweet
mis -,sion To the
mo-ment, Pray'r-fu1
h
tempter's near, Like Him when in dan - ger— Calm with-ont a fear,
sym-pa-thy, Striv-ing for God sglo - ry, In hu - mil - i - ty.
Fa-ther's will, Like Him, when God sweet-lyWhis-pers:" Peace! be still!"
with each breath, Just to be like Je - sus In "the hour of death.
■*- ft,- -0-
d. a— just
Chorus.
>=d=«hd:
t r .. n
s:
,~0-
I long to be like Je - sus,
0 I long to be like Je - - - sus, This my one de-sire— for
JL -*- JL JL. £-_j0-_RJ g g ■*■ -g- ■*• -^
-0 0-
4-
- — # — -# #^H»-
, D. .5.
r
af
22|-
-5-
i
this I pray: Just to be Uke Je - sus— Near - er ev - 'ry day;
Cp; r'cht, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel,
No. 86.
The "Loyalty" Band.
Charlotte G. Homer.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
£v-A-3-
x
_*_-
^
3«
?=^fe
1. "Loy-al-ty!" loy-al-ty
2. Pa -tient-ly, pa-tient-ly,
3. Care - ful - ly, care - ful - ly
-I -I 1
is our watch-word ev - er; Loy - al - tyl
here and yon - der go - ing; Anx-ious - ly,
we are ev - er tell - ing Lov - ing - ly,
' I -I t_ ,-j 1
5^5
m
loy - al - ty ! We sur-ren - der? Nev-er! In u-ni-ted force we stand, Side by
anx-ious-ly good - ly seed we're sowing; E - vil works of ev- 'ry kindTosup-
lov - ing -ly of our Father's dwelling, Where no sin can ev-er be, Where His
lipll=fe^^E§^
V
-^
±jt£
-2:
A 1 J . -i— -i— L-»— — • — - ' *-. * i— -i-^-i %-. — 1 A 1
is*?
side, ahap-py band; At our Leader's first command We march, march away,
press we have in mind; Rooting up the tares we find, We march, march away,
bless- ed face we'll see; To that land in loy - al-ty We march, march away.
*__- —M— g- r « ^_
m
%
F
r
Chorus.
-«( »-i -# — +r-. S-i-12*— * •-: — • — •fcs CAI2«ZL #_: — •_Iq_
J Step, step, in reg - u-la-tion,Step, step, no de-vi-a-tion From our watchword
t. Step, step, on Christ dependiug;Step, step,our cause defending; With a pur-pose
fe
'Loy-al-ty, "We'll fight the battle thro'; firm and true We march, march a-way.
Ot^ £ , 1 (.
K
¥=P$
:s
z2
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H Gabriel.
No. 87. Send Out the Sunlight.
Ellen Dare
J2Z
^liSIi
■-T-
4=t
iNO. R. SWENEY,
— i — I-
3EH
1. Send out the sunlight, the sunlight of cheer; Shine on earth's sadness till
2. Send out the sunlight in let - ter and word; Speak it and think it till
3. Send out the sunlight each hour and each day; Crown all the years with its
4. Send out the sunlight as free as the air! Blessings will fol- low with
:*: :?: -«- m. a.
.0 # *_
m
4=
%
r
I
-I I ,4
m
it dis - ap - pear— Souls are in wait -ing the mes-sage to hear;
hearts are all stirred— Hearts that are hun - gry for pray'rs still un - heard;
lum - i - nous ray; Nour-ish the seeds that are sown on the way;
none to corn-pare — Bless-ings of peace, that will rise from de - spairl
:•" :*:
i=±r= — i— — i — i r i* p up
Send out the sun-light of love,
the sunlight of love.
i b-H 1 I— M U *-
r_1_
-Sr-*-
U-
m
Send out the sun-light of love; Send out the sun- light,
the sun-light of love;
EE
t=i
fr*
1
Send out the sun-light, Send out the sun-light of love
the sun-light __ of love.
-0- +-' -0- -0- -f-~-
Copyright, 1892, hy John R. Sweney,
_, -T—jr — jt jr i ,_» — *_!__* m m m._ .0 - — 0__r.a „
1 r x> r 1 r 1 pr- 1 1 1 h
Ho. 38,
Maggib E Gregory.
A Triumph Song.
Chas. H Gabriel
i Sing a tri-umph song as you march a-long, Never yield to doubt or fear;
2. Sing a tri-umph song thro' thowca-ry days, Sing it thro' the darkest night;
3. Sing a tri-urnph song, for wo know erelong We shall win the heav'nly goal;
I
=^S_t]
-4-
-0—
3=2=3
3=^jp-v
Fixing steadfast eyes on the promised prize Never swerve when danger s near.
Each exultant strain will relieve some pain Or will make some bur-den light.
And in joy complete walk the goldeL street Where eternal tri-umphs roll.
>=£=£
-fcfc
1 U gEl— |— I |Tg^_=d
Chords.
r^
i
Sing, sing, sing a triumph song, Christ hath conquor'd death and wrong!
Sing ro - joice and re-joice and
-4
"s-=
Sing, sing, sing a triumph song, Let it echo loud and long!
Sing, rejoice and glo-ry hal-le-lu-jah!
itt
S
Sing, Bing, sing a triumph song, For the Lord our God is strong.
Sing, re-joice and and ev - er
ffi •——»——;-»—-» » 0-
MIIVTT P IP
Copyright, 1903. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
sag
F
nr
A Triumph Song.
S3
Eldnzfrzi:
t-h
i-
Prais - e8
fraise and hon-or
3# :^«
un - to Him be-long, Glo - ry be un - to His name!
No. 89. The Son of God Goes Forth to War.
Reginald Heber.
Zf
B
"5~»"
«U~-«-4— '
Ml
Henry S. Cdtler.
-4-
5S
-I-
rfr
1. The Son of God goes forth to war, A king - ly crown to gain;
2. The mar - tyr first, whose ea - gle eye Could pierce be-yond the grave,
3. A glo -rious band, the chos - en few On whom the Spir - it came,
His blood- red ban- ner streams a -far: Who fol - lows in His train?
Who saw his Mas-ter in the sky, And called on Him to save;
Twelve valiant saints, their hope they knew, And mocked the cross and flame:
m
k^-*-*—i
t
£
-&--I
1
Who best can drink his cup of woe, Tri-umph-ant o -
Like Him, with par -don on His tongue In midst of mor
They met the ty-rant's brandished steel, The li - on"s go -
-4- ■£- -P- -°- -b- n* . »■+--+- -b-
ver pain;
-tal pain,
ry mane;
±:
■1—4-
3=g=N^fl
-fr-m — b
33
Who pa - tient bears his cross be-low, — He fol - lows in
He prayed for them that did the wrong: Who fol - lows in
They bowed their necks the death to feel; Who fol - lows in
i^
His train.
His train?
His train?
Ho. 90. The Glory of The Lord.
Charlotte G. Homer.
Carrie B. Adams.
*=*
-<s —
2? —
1. Lord, how won-der-ful Thy glo - ry,
2. Lord, how won-der-ful Thy glo - ry,
3. Lord, how won-der-ful Thy glo - ry,
g=gi=£i
s>a l E"^- «_L
-
w
And how mar-vel-ous Thy ways;
Fill - ing earth and heav'n a-bove;
Great- er yet was nev - er known!
All
All
In
ere - a-tion tells the sto - ry,
Thy hand-i-works a - dore Thee,
hu - mil - i - ty be - fore Thee,
■*- A- £#- -#-• -£ is>- -#- i
Earth is vi-brant with Thy praise!
And Thy maj-es-ty ap - prove.
We Thy sov r-eign-ty would own;
mm
We
In the hoi -low of Thy hand are hid - ing Worlds un num-ber'd, ev - er-
Lo, Thy hand is for the world's found a-tion! Yet Thou'rtraind-ful of Thy
We will praise Thy ho - ly name for - ev - er, For the love and grace that
=tz jt;— r^^JFft^^H
*=p=£
_J -L
I
^S
E
*
S
♦ -+- -Si
■#— -*# #-i — * — Lr
H
more con - fid - ing
least ere - a - tion;
fail - eth nev - er;
In Thy love, and safe - ly there a
0 how per - feet is the con - su
Who is a - ble Thee from Thine to
r
bid - ing,
ma - tion
sev - er?
Un - to Thee their anthems raise.
Of Thy might y deeds of love!
Thou art God, and Thou a - lone!
Ho - ly, ho - ly, men and an-|
Copyright, 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
The Glory of the Lord.
No. 91. Blessed Be the Name.
n
•
JEXE33
*—e
it
ESii
fc*
-^Ei
1. How sweet the name of
2. It makes the wound-ed
3. It soothes the troub-led
4. There's rau-sic in the
2SE*EEEES:
Je - sus sounds, Blessed be the name of the Lord
spir - it whole, Blessed be the name of the Lord
sin-ner's breast, Blessed be the name of the Lord
Savior's name, Blessed be the name of the Lord
f—
1
r % f r
*
it
:E
It soothes my sor-rows, heals my wounds, Blessed be the name of
'Tisman-na to the him - gry soul, Blessed be the name of
It gives the wea - ry sweet-est rest, Blessed be the name of
Let ev - 'ry heart His love pro-claim, Blessed be the name of
the Lord,
the Lord.
the Lord,
the Lord.
Blessed be the name, blessed be the name, Blessed be the name of the Lord; the Lord
I . *
:r
No. 92. The Banner of the Cross.
El. Nathan.
James McGranahan.
:*.
1. There's a roy - al ban-ner giv - en for dis-play To the sol - diera
2. Tho' the foe mayrageaad gath-er as the flood, Let the stand-ard
3. 0 - ver land and sea, wher - ev - er man may dwell, Make the glo-rious
_# ft ff , *_: a £_
-i— I — -r* 1.1 I
~*&, — -«<-<M — v N 1 I — ~j — jj-
^-J=
T— fc
i
of the King;
be dis - played;
ti- dings known;
As an en - sign fair we lift it up to-day,
And be-neath its folds, as sol - diers of tho Lord,
Of the crim-son ban - ner now the sto - ry tell,
*=tf
While as ran-somed ones we sing.
For the truth be not dis - mayedl March-ing on, march-ing
While the Lord shall claim His ownl on, on,
a . m. _*_ h^ a . . _ . -*- -^- -£- "^-
-*.. .,.
If
?e=b=
t— r
fefc
ai
Z f$-^ ft1
■• — Pl» — F — *-= — «-3
r__L.^j,
u 1
on, For Christ count ev-'ry-thing but loss! And to
on, on, ev-'ry-thing but loss!
* - +U-T* M
fii=J=i=fc=*=&
igiUli
crown Him King, toil and sing 'Neath the ban-ner of the cross!
m we'll Be - neath
^ * ft TI 0 ._* * ft 0—r-ft * ft * m _•— * r-O. -S „
r i F^~" — ^— r--#-^— ^==^==^=p---^Fp----:ti
Copyright, 1884 & 1887, by James McGranahan.
No. 93. Growing Dearer Each Day.
In appreciation of, and at his request, this song was written expressly for Gipsy Smith.
fuft^
C. H. G. Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. How sweet is the love of my Sav-ior! 'Tis bound-less and deep as the
2. I know He is ev - er be - side me! E - ter - ni - ty on-ly will
3. He leads, and I will-ing-ly fol - low Thro' sor - row or shad-ow or
4. Some day face to face I shall see Him, And oh, what a joy it will
i_ f r* i* r> i* r>
b— L | 1 1 Ltf>^*»— 0 0 0 0 0-* — '
sea; And, best of it all, it is dai - ly Grow-ing sweet- er and
prove The width and the depths of Hismer-cy, And the truth of His
sun; For be it thro' pit - i - less dark-ness, I can say "Lord, Thy
be To know that His love, now so pre-cious, Will for * ev - er grow
K**
^^m^mmsmmm
sweeter to me.
in - fi - nite love,
will shall be done.'
sweeter to me.^.
Sweet - - er and eweeter to me, ( , .
Sweet-er to me, grow - ing [sweet-er to me.
I
T^ f ' -f • , J • ^-'-^-' -f- f- -f- -p-*
v=-$=£
£*^-^
IrT
m
-&
m
$*—* * *
f
fjn±i
u U V I V "J .
Dear - er and dear-er each day, ... Oh
Dear-er each day, grow - ing dear - er each day; Oh,
0- -0- 0-_j£^ -
==f*
won
won-der-ful love,
der-ful
I=ES
tt
* b — b — hr
«<=£
iHi
■b-b-b-
^-^
mm
^E&~t*'JZL_
i^Sfe^P
love of my Sav-ior, Grow-ing dear
love of my Sav - ior, Grow - ing dear - er,
SE
££df=fc£
and
£
£=fc
IT
er each step of my way.
dear - er each step of my way.
.#. i* r> h h r>
=PE=*=
$0
i
k P V " — ■—
Copyright. 190T, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 94.
With Us All the Time.
Alexander Clark
:4i
T. C. O'Kane.
1. In our hearts, and on our way, Christ is with us all the day; Thrills a-
2. Evening shadows, one by one, Mark our jour-ney near-ly done, And we
3. Ris-en for us from the grave, Mighty Sav-ior, save, 0 save! Hide we
-tt — 0 — ff — m — * ,_# 0 0 * m m m ,
~9 0 T0 — r
bove us such a song, Burns with-in us such a fire That our foot-steps
turn a -side for rest; Je-sus, Mas-ter, we im-plore, Tar-ry with us
now our-selves in Thee; In the hol-low of Thy hand, Till be - fore Thy
-4 S-^-fi?-? 0— ^-r-
nev-er tire As we jour-ney hence a-long.
ev-er-more,Thou our Guide, be Thou our Guest. 0 the joy to feel Him
throne we stand Shall our refuge ev - er be. o the joy
£F^-:
3=S
f*
3*
near, Always with us night and day; To dis - pel
to feel Him near. with us. with us, with us all the day: To dis-pel
-*-•— •-*— *— f»_r<L-#.t|e._f7» 0 f m-^-^-M—m , — *_#.
-b-rtH»-! 1 — I —
our ev-'ry fear,
our ev
Walk-ing with us all the way.
'ry fear, with us. with us, with us all the way.
_ . 0—* 0 0 0 0.
• V k--V-J-
Copyrieht. 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 95. Leaning on the Everlasting Arms.
Rev. E. A. Hoffman.
A. J. Showalteb.
IT
1. What a fel-low-ship, what a joy di-vine, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
2. Oh, how sweet to walk in this pil-grim way, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
3. What have I to dread, what have I to fear, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
iiligil^^^l^ig^
T
3
a
d=^=^=q=F4
£ V
*=
last - ing arms; What a bless - ed - ness, what a peace is mine,
last - ing arms; Oh, how bright the path grows from day to day,
last - ing arms? I have bless - ed peace with my Lord so near,
ill
:■*
-*—
m
I I V V
£=£=c:
Chorus.
Lean - ing, lean - ing, Lean-ing on the ev - er-last-ing arms.
Lean-ing on Je-sus, lean-ing on Je-sus,
I t, J ■
mm^-
Us
:=:
-: — *.
&ztto±trt tg-
By permission of A. J. Showalter.
Ho. 96.
Mrs. C. H. M.
Hi
Onward, Forward.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
52F
»,<
1. Have you heard the march-ing or - ders From the might- y King of kings?
2. Have you felt the call to du - ty Surg- ing, puis- ing in your breast?
.'3. There are lands which must be tak - en, Bat - ties to be fought and won,
a - long the line of bat - tie Like a clar - ion call it rings;
Voic - es which would not be si - lent, Would not let you long-er rest?
Pre-cious sheaves which must be gathered, So much work yet to be done!
a^
Gird ye on the gos - pel arm - or! On-ward! forward, sol-diers true!
'Tis the Spir-it's call to serv-ice, Eise, and at His bid-ding go
Stand no long-er i - dly wait-ing, When you precious souls might win;
3t=»=»=F. ^_»_^_t-« J-jg~
?-
£
^ilfei^^n^^^
In the con -flict fierce-ly rag - ing, Christ, the Lord, has need of you.
To the fields with harvest bend-ing, And the joys of reap-ing know.
Haste a -way, and with the faith -ful Let your name be count-ed in.
-4—*
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel
-I 1— I =a-m
Onward, Forward.
cq^u -a-t-J-J-^-^ -| — — «— 4-4-d— *^ — » — * — » — * — * — # * J*-^-
On - ward!
On - ward inarch!
for - ward!
for - ward march!
ie
E£
:M=xffc
Help the vie - to - ry to bring!
JE-ff r
:t:
^t
1 — r
4rt -, — t-r-^-fe -^— fe-^-K-f^T 1— H-r^-^ Is fe Is a-.
d2±b=
■I
1 1*
Soldiers true must never sound retreat, Soldiers true must never know defeat!
-*-r
:=i--t
:p=k
Sitc±E:ES
-tr-PIT-pr-
I I "T"^ 3 _3_,
-fcJU-
On
Oii - ward march!
ward! for - ward! We are under marching orders of the King.
for - ward march!
£
t — r
No. 97.
rflM
Gloria Patri.
W
j=±=t=b=4
^
B
#-i — #— * — «-- *-
fi
*ip
3— c:
Glo - ry be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Ho -ly Ghost: As it
^k^mjh^^^mm^
-G&i^-h-h— 1— l-r- 1 — ! 1 I M — l-r-l 1 — i — i— I — !-r
i r r~* *
was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. A-men, A-men.
r i ii
£3ES»
1
Ho. 98.
Eben E. Kexfobd.
The Army of the King.
t£3±^^P
:l^:
*
F
Dr. S. B. Jackson.
1. O, it's grand to be a sol - dier in the arm - y of the King, And to
2. Christ de-mands a will-ing serv-ice and a heart that will be true, Come what
3. Kin - die campfires of God s ar-my on the mountain-tops to-day Eea - con
7
fol - low, fol - low, fol - low where the bat - tie trumpets ring, For we
may, to kind- est Lead-er an - y sol - dier ev - er knew; Come and
lights to guide from darkness those whose feet have gone a stray; Let them
li
3^:
SiEt
r:
^1
z^^m
i
know that we will con-quer
help us, 0 my comrades,
lead the wand'rers up - ward
the
the
war -fare for the right, If we
war we wage with sin! Vol - un-
to the heights, where they may find Wei- come
lb
■f-tr— P—
iM*=£ui_Jus_
Chorus.
_l
\5=t=fc=*=*
3
• d -J —
-0— 1 0T--
_j — i_
e~
heed our Captain's orders, and His ban-npr keep in sight.
teer to-day for Je-sus, 'neath His ban- ner fight and win! "All the world for
to the ranks of Je - sus who has love for all mankind.
A- +
-0-* -0- -0-' ■*- m . -*- \\ -0- •*"* -£r- * ' -0' sr>
W pJ — ^ — |- £ •- C 1 u,— I
£=^
w&m^
Je-sus!" our bat-tie cry; Send the slo
gan
ech- o - ing thro'the sky! In God's
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
1? W 1? tf
The Army of the King.
ar-ray still there is room foryou
3
te=i^?l3lP13fl
Vol-un-teer for the King! be brave and true.
-0- m /V\
3 -•- - -I— -F- -♦• o
§S
-giiiis^^i
£=^^^=F^:=£=^:
ji
Ho. 99.
I Am Thine, 0 Lord.
Fanny J. Crosby.
-£— * -I-
W, H. Doane.
-iv:
=J^
^z^33J^3fe^^^p
1. I am Thine, 0 Lord, I have heard Thy voice, And it told Thy love to me;
2. Con-se-crate me now to Tby service, Lord, By thepow'r of grace di-vine;
3. 0 the pure de-light of a sin - git hour That before Thy throne I spend,
4. There are depths of love that I can-n_t know Till I cross the nar-row eea,
r5
£_E_±
FT
^Fp^aq:^
r- r-n— ir-fc
zzg • » c#
±=*
rzt
t=t
SF
r
:s3
4=8:
But I long to rise in the arms of faith, And be clos-er drawn to Thee.
Let my soul look up with a steadfast hope, And my will be lost in Tiiine.
When 1 kneel in pray'r and wifhThee,my God, I commune as friend to friend.
There are heights of joy that I may not reach Till I rest in peace with Thee.
iS*
s
m
3=£
Iff
Refrain.
s=£
I I v i>
mpd^^m^m^m
Draw me near - er, nearer, blessed Lord, To the cross where Thou hast died;
near-er, near-er.
igs
0-'r
?—*-
-*1
te^^fp
=£=ta=t=Jr=±
^mmm%
Draw me nearer, nearer, nearer, blessed Lord, To Thy precious, bleeding side.
■J
P -f- + -*-
! — rl ' »
^^^Fg^=rgEg-> g g use;
3EQ
Used by per. of W. H. Doano, owner of copyright.
No. 100. The Banner of The Cross.
Maud Frazer.
4-r-l 1
Chas. H. Gabriel.
tt
:b
;
1. We've en -list - ed in an ar - my that can nev - er know de - feat,
2. Ere the e - vil days draw nigh us, in the joy and strength of youth,
3. Un - to Him whose blood has bought us, ev - er loy - al let us be;
i
£ &_,_, 1 , \—r- m * — +_rd
£f
V
1 — 1--
m
1— t-
*=
r
£=
?
Let us bat - tie
While the skies are
All we are and
_5:
as 5
smil
have
;ood
-ing
doth
-0-
" i> i
sol -diers, true and brave; Nev-er fear-mg,
o'er us bright and fair, We are fol-low-
un - to Him be -long; Fall in line, then,
nev - er halt - ing
ing our Sav-ior
Christian sol-diers,
tho' the en - e
in the way of
swell the shout of
my we meet, For the Lord Je-
life and truth, And at last with
vie - to - ry! Ev - er serve the
CS
t:
fe±?^
t=
Chorus.
5
2?
3&r
ho - vah's arm is
Him the vie -tor's
King with glad-ness
strong to save
crown we'll wear
and with song
&■
-&
March - ing on - ward,
Marching, marching, marching on-ward,
l
on-ward, We are trusting Christ the King who goes be-
CopyrigM, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
p # 0 F r£> £? r0
The Banner of the Cross.
on - ward, While the ban - ner of the cross is wav - ing o'er us!
I Loye Him.
r
No. 101.
London Hymn Book.
S. C. Foster.
V
$=$
P^S
+=r^
s.
■ J Gone from my heart the world and all its charms, Now, thro' the blood, I'm
' I Down at the cross my heart is bend-ing low, ( Omit)
2 \ Once I was lost, and way down deep in sin, Once was a slave to
' j Once was a-fraid to meet an an - gry God, (Omit)
o ) Once I was bound, but now I am set free, Once I was blind, but
" (.Once I was dead, but now in Christ I live, (Omit)
JL #- .*. JfL JL JL. .«.. #-
m
4=2=&=
£^S
$=$=t=£±
$=*■-
»n
t=k=£=p
s^s
:E
saved from all a - larms;
pas-sions fierce with- in;
now the light I see;
sn^si-
iiipgsPisfiiii
Fine. Chorus.
The pre-cious blood of Je - sus cleans-es
But now I'm cleans'd from ev-'ry stain thro'
To tell the world a-round the peace that
tion on
D.S.
D. S. — And pur-chased my sal - va
m -0- r ^ * ^ \is 9 v
white as snow.
Je - sus' blood
He doth give.
-0
I love Him, I love Him, Because He first loved me.
f- JL JL JL JL.
Col • va - ry.
Ho. 102.
Charlotte G. Homer.
God is Love.
-*— *-
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. God is love! 'tis writ - ten on the flow-ers, Breath-ing fra-grance
2. God is love! 'tis writ - ten on the mount-ain, In the val - ley,
3. God is love! 'tis writ - ten on the bless-ings Which in show-ers
§3E^=^=
V
-f— p — f—\-
=6=1
yu^JU»-4
on the sum-mer air;
and up - on the sea;
dai - ly en us fall;
On the trees and in the sha - dy bow - ers,
Jew -el -like it spark-les in the fount-ain,
At His feet, our grat - i - tude c^n-fess - ing,
I I I — i — V— p— r
=p=
Chorus.
*--*— fc-
-*-^
-h 1 rw-i—^ — ^ s-n — >*-
L * — 0—
In the sun-ny brook and ev - 'ry- where.
Purl-ing in a ceaseless mel - o - dy. Na-ture-voic - es join to raise the
We would lay our hearts, our life, our all.
f- *- -f - ♦- a 0- -*- -*-• -0-
=P=P=*=t=
r
Bd-j— g=Et
-j — j — -i-
hap - py song,
God is love,
-# —
God
^^— $-£— f
^=J-
is love!
^^igl^l^flilpippp
Iere and (here andev-'ry-where"G<>dis
c • g- * ' *- 0 • -£■ "^~ ■*■ #
hear it ring-ing all day long, Here and there and ev-,ry-where"G<id is love!"
-#-•-#- -♦- f^.-i5>- „ . -0- ' ■ 0- m . •#■ # -+-
.•~^Z=t-0^-*—vL.--& *--Z
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel
Ho. 103.
Be a Blessing.
Johnson Oatman, Jr.
A. J. Showalter
$=^=
m£
*
iESE^E
1. Would you be a sun-beam fill'd with heav - en's light, Shedding forth its
2. Where the tears are fall-ing and the hearts are sad, Take some gospel
3. Just a cup of wa - ter for the Mas - ter's sake May sweet chords of
1. Would you be a sun beam fill'd with heav-en's light, Shed-ding forth its
0 0 . _# 0-1
M:
-4-0-
£E£
V V 1/ V V
0—0—0
&
p-$r-?—f-
=*=£?:
V—V V V
beau - ty o - ver scenes of
mes-sage that will make them
mu - sic in some bo - som
wmmm
night? In this world of sor-row, sickness,
glad; Strive to give them comfort by some
wake; Seek to help some pilgrim t'ward the
beau - ty
o - ver scenes of night? In this world of sor-row.
sin and woe, Try to be
lov - ing deed, Try to be
gold - en land, Try to be
sickness, sin and woe, Try to be
_<2 _#_
a bless-ing ev - 'ry-where you go.
a bless-ing in the time of need
a blessing, both with voice and hand
a bless - ing ev - 'ry-where you go.
-£— £-•—*
-# — w — 0 — -*■
fc=E
Chorus.
£:.g-g=ih— r-baz
UUP
Be a blessing on life's wea-ry
Be a cheerful blessing
mile, Be
fe
s=«
0-0-0-
£=E=£=E=r
on life's wea-ry mile, Be a sunny blessing
*-f g>0[_m_0:_0[_*_0[+
' -j — | \, '/_w_k-p-|—
a blessing with a word or smile;
with a word or smile;
-0-0-0—0 a>
t^-fr— F
SiZ00
Mi1
U~ 1/ U
Be a blessing, ev'ry-where the same;Try to be a blessing in the Master's name.
Be a constant blessing,
' -
xczf:
=-F'»— *
**
Conyright. 1902, by A. J. Showalter.
'-fr-*"-^=*-fi#=f-
No- 104. He Giveth His Beloved Sleep.
Eev. Johnson Oatman, Je.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
m&&$^ms^?m^E}
zz
1. When sinks the sun in yon-der west, When all around the shadows creep;
2. To-day we'll work as He commands, For Him we 11 sow, for Him we'll reap;
3. 'lis now we have our doubts and fears And tri-als, caus-ing us to weep;
4. 0 bless-ed hope of end-less rest, While a- ges on their cy-cles sweep:
Ah/-J. ^//i ^/ J. AEJ J,
(•• i. n m? I , ~ #~ r»^ — *~* i — r — i
i
±
Our God has planned for us a rest-
At ev- ningGod will loose our bands-
Yet soon we 11 rest for end less years-
Safe fold-ed to His lov-ing breast,
;N S iN IN S I
^^m
He giv-eth His be-lov - ed sleep.
He giv-eth His be-lov - ed sleep.
He giv-eth His be-lov - ed sleep.
He giv-eth His be-lov - ed sleep.
N IN s
J #.
He giv - eth His be - lov
J J- / J>J
sleep,.
T 0- -0-
giv - eth His be - lo*7
-J J JU-J
f=tF
eth,
giv - eth
His
be - lov
rit.
ed sleep;
H^
3
:*=*=*
breast we sink to rest, He
» ty- -p-
^ l* ^
:t:
I '
giv
eth His be - lov - ed sleep.
V
^
£=*:
a±
s^s
I
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 105. Tidings, Happy Tidings.
Lizzie Edwards.
Jno E. Sweney.
0 0 0 cs _^# _0_
1. Ti-dings, hap - py ti-dings, Hark! hark! the sound! Hear the joy - ful ech - o
2. Ti-dings, hap - py ti-dings, Hark! hark! they say, Do not slight the warn-ing,
3. Ti-dings, hap - py ti-dings, Hark! hark! a- gain! Eush-ing o'er the mount-ain,
4. Ti-dings, hap - py ti-dings,Spread,spread the news, Tell the poor and lost ones,
Jl . . . . „ . ..* i
w
Thro' the world re-sound; Christ the Lord proclaims them, Hear and heed the call:
Come, 0 come to-day, Christ, our lov- ing Sav- ior, Still re-peats the call:
Sweep-ing o'er the plain; On - ward goes the mes-sage, 'Tis the Sav-ior"s call:
He will none re-fuse, Bid them come and hum - bly At His f set now fall,
*—& >_s__«!_#_i„aL_* • *__# — a-
\ g> 1 <d. 1 4. ! m 1_ m-1 m 1
iza:
fe
■?-
t
1— fe
V V V
D. S.—Flow-ing full and free;
K \ fc S N FlxE- s CHORUS, i
§s
Come, ye starv-ing ones that per-ish, Room, room for all.
Come, ye wea - ry, heav - y la - den, Room, room for all.
Come, for ev - 'ry- thing is read -y,Room, room for all.
Glo - ry hal - le - lu - jah! there is Room, room for all.
dt-±-
Who-so-ev-er ask-eth
f±i=f:
w-e-M^-t
mm
O the bless - ed who - so - ev- er, That means
tefe
Z9^¥f^f^
-0—00 ~ 90
^-JUW-J
D.S.
E3y±»-f^rffc3
ras
r
Je-sus will recive; Who-so-ev-er thirsteth, Je-sus will relieve, See the living waters,
By per. of Mrs. L. E. Sweney.
p-frr-f
Ho. 106.
Around the Cross.
W. A. Post.
1~T) r- i-*l— I *l I 1 — t , — i 1 m m — i rH « — mr-
1. A -round the cross we stand, In Je - sus' gos-pel light, A loy - al
2. With-in these sa-cred walls Where He His truth im-parts, His voice like
3. The foe we shall not fear, Up - on the bat - tie - field, For Je - sus
m
f-^-f-?--
:£
Christian band Pre - par - ing for the fight; Our Lead - er is the
mu - sic falls Up - on each trust-ful heart; And here the way of
will be near, To help us not to yield; His love will keep us
~
e-^j-f-t-
- 12 — i » Tt -*-•■&*-
tt
4—1-
?:q— J=
■^T-j-J-
King Of earth and worlds above, Whose praise up-lift-ed na-tions sing,
life He trac - es for our feet, And girds our spir-its for the fight
strong, Un - til the strife is done, Un - til we sing the vic-tor's song
^E£
S3
1—d-
-i^-irir
-t—±
^ | | Chorus
Whose ban-ner bright is love.
With wis-dom most complete. A
And life's bright crown is won.
round the cross We proud - ly
mmmmm
-z±
t 1-
Copyright. 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel,
T?
=£
i-4
Z3
I 7 ' ft -«- *
Around the Cross.
q=q=4
fcq:
stand, While rings our war - cry "Loy - al - ty!"Un - to our King's com-
r-l 1 1 1— r -I J rf '—? f—
■-i -
1 — r
E» r=xz=r:
-d--
mand, We'll faith
:^=^
ful
-4
i=F#PPplf^
prove
Him
-I 1-
5*
a - bove,
- , P f fl-}— , , I I, j bf J J ■ -{ 1— J— J-ri !
Harmony.
-• r-» • » # -
i— T — k f-
For He a-lone to
— tjs — r-r-a^— J-
y —
-4—^-4 — P=3-4 — I
i^^^m^m
glo - ry leads Whose ban-ner bright is love.
r
— g— «— i-
Lfc
No. 107.
|«=S^3:
*=*
My Prayer.
zt=i=l=3=t=|:
I=e£e^e£
i —
H. R. Palmer.
f-7
1
1. Ho - ly Fa-ther, hear my cry; Ho - ly Sav-ior, bend Thine ear;
2. Fa-ther save me from my sin; Sav-ior, I Thy mer - cy crave;
3. Fa-ther, let me taste Thy love; Sav-ior, fill my soul with peace;
■*■-&- m 0 -0- -#- -#■ -^ V J
Si
^
:t:
3=
^=MW
4_J-
s^=^lt*=g
2t
Ho - ly Spir- it, come Thou nigh; Fa-ther, Sav - ior, Spir - it, hear.
Gra-cious Spir- it, make me clean: Fa-ther, Sjn, and Spir - it, save.
Spir -it, come, my heart to move; Fa-ther, Sjn, and Spir - it, bless.
M M -*-•- -&- B m -P- -0-
7
p
U«ed by permission.
i — r
mU
i — r
i
No. 108. Kept by the Power of God.
Maud Frazer.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. Now in the love of the Sav-ior a - bid-ing, Feel-ing the peace that shall
2. Kept by the pow - er of God, I am dreading Naught that the future is
3. Clasping His hand Who will nev-er for-sake me, On-ward I jour-ney in
4. Kept by the pow - er of God, let me ev - er Tell un - to oth - ers His
ne'er pass a - way; Sweet-ly I rest since I know He is guid-ing
hold - ing in store; Faith o'er my path - way its ra - di-ance shedding,
sun - shine or shade; Safe - ly a - cross death's dark wa-ters He'll take me,
good-ness to me; Glad-ly I'll serve Him with earn-est en - deav-or,
-*--•--•- -&-' -0- -0- -0- -0-' a -0- -0* .
&=» — e— \rjr — E=fc=fe=i:fe.g-_f — t=Mr ~~ r=rfc=r=
±=
■£-- h-,-4
rs=ii
Chorus.
ir±-tzMZt&
±A
tt=
Giv - ing me strength to suf-fice for my day.
Kept by the pow - er of God ev - er-more. Kept by the pow'er of God
Clasp-ing His hand, I shall not be a - fraid. Kept by the pow'r of
As He has blest me, a bless-ing I'll be.
-•■ -0-nm ■*- -F -«*-• -£_
-*-?
V
M
tae=
m
v-^~ir\ — V
$=*
x:
3
«=£=£
m
A — M-
■0 0~m-
-fc-fe-*
H-
0-0-
11
PzFfl
day af-ter day, Kept by the pow'r of God, bright is my way!
God, day af-ter day. Kept by the pow'r of God, bright is my way!
Safe I a-bide,
IgiSig]
* £ | s • V V V \ 1/1/
close to His side, Kept by the pow'r of God!
Safe I a - bide, close to His side
I
-£-
%=?
S=E=E
±f±±
S
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
■^-fr-p-l— Vlr-p-
P
pc
P
No. 109.
Rev. Johnson Oatman. Jr.
jtfever Turn Back.
-n — >_nip_
Wm. Edie Marks.
_fc_
3^3=33
'
SS
1. If heav-y the load, and lone - !y the way, If wea - ry the road and
2. If sLad-ows a-bound, and dark is the night; If dan-gers a-round your
3. If pleasures of earth would tempt you to stay; If sea-sons of mirth en-
.
iM=Ml
■¥ *-
v
^E^mm
drear -y the way, Let none of these things tempt you from the track, But
soul would af-f right; The Lord will sup -ply the cour-age you lack, Be
tice you to stay, With cour-age and faith re- pel each at - tack — Keep
-0- -0- -0-
-0 0 P. , ft ,4^ 1 __* «_
hv N ^ ^-J-W=q=^— i^-=fi-^ — F ^0-0 — »— # — 0-^f-f^^—
trust in the Lord, and nev -er turnback!
true to your God, and nev - er turn back! 0 never turn back, no never turn
hold of God's hand, and nev - er turn back!
'9^\A> — l-^fc
*^mmmm
0 -*-•-•-
Vil |, ■■-
back! Re - ly on the Lord and trust in His word, For He will sup-
^=fc
=fc=d
S?=£
ply the courage you lack; Keep hold of God's hand, and nev-er turn back.
t
s=^
;^^^feg^
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 110. Still Sweeter Every Day,
W. C. Martin.
C. Austin Miles.
P— £-
y^-A — s-\-m . 0T i-T-il — J — ^ — P — ^-\-0~~^~^L — ^r — i -A+^-T— »,
f-9-j— P- ■ " --- ~j±z5— ^-r: «— 1^~ «— b i — 1~~J~.~^ — ' 43 —
1. To Je - sus ev - 'ry day I find my heart is clos-er drawn; He's fair-er
2. His glo - ry broke up-on me when I saw Him from a - far; He's fair-er
3. My heart is sometimes heavy, but He comes with sweet re- lief; Hefoldsme
P-
^
"H
r-p-^— z~p— F
'MeM^
zv
h=±=±
*-*
§iE^^pS^=g
^L_^_^_.^_
r — \r p — r~
^
than the glo - ry of the gold and pur -pie dawn; He's all my fan - cy
than the lil - y, bright-er than the morn-ing star; He fills and sat - is-
to His bos-om when I droop with blighting grief; I love the Christ who
t±zir
r-
S3
y—f-
E
v— ?—?— r
.— *-r-f>
*rf
=£
zfc
*=*=£=&=
J=2=s±
fc=*=E=5=3=3^
■01- . -0- * *
— ^
pic-tufed in its fair-est dreams and more; Each day He grows still sweeter
fies my long-ing spir - it o'er and o'er; Each day He grows still sweeter
all my bur-dens in His bod - y bore; Each day He grows still sweeter
k— E k t f — j^-t-k=E=g— j;=g=|
can-not be
^ l, $ u 1 1 | 11 bTT p i/ p P p u £ i
fan - cied this
tide the gold - en shore, The
side the gold-en shore;
half can-not be Ian - ciod on this Side the golden shore.
Copyright, 1899, by Hall-Mack Co.
Still Sweeter Every Day.
*-!S-*---B±»-i
rTTTp
0, there He'll be still sweet-er than He ev-er was be-fore.
0, there He'll be far sweeter than He ev-er was be-fo:e, than He ev-er was be -fore.
m
$r-p^<-
_J— 1-4
0-0—0—0
Uo. 111. I Need Thee Every Hour.
Annie S. Hawks.
O. ttAWHS.
ROBEBT LOWET.
-*- r r * i u
1. I need Thee ev-'ry hour, Most gra - cious Lord; No ten-der voice like
2. I need Thee ev-'ry hour, Stay Thou near by; Temp-ta-tions lose their
3. I need Thee ev-'ry hour, In joy or pain; Come quick-ly and a-
4. I need Thee ev-'ry hour, Most Ho - ly One; 0 make me Thine in-
n
--f-0-c<S>-
Chorus.
4-
*=*
zzmupzzZz
-0-p-r
-U- tsJLi:
0-T—0-
^
Thine Can peace af - ford.
pow*r When Thou art nigh. I need Thee, 0 I need Thee, Ev-'ry hour I
bide, Or life is vain.
deed, Thou bless -ed Son!
J3
*■ -.■■£■-*■
s-h'-tz— Fly— »-fp=rB- ^zEr-r^g-— ir-sEp
* -0- >^ ■*- • -&-
need Thee! 0 bless me now, my Sav-ior, I c
f- -0- ^_0 #_
to Thee!
Copyright, 1900. ly Mary Runyon Lowry. Renewal.
8
IP
No. 112. Stand Up, Stand Up for Jesus!
George Duffield.
Adam Geibel
3^-^jU-J-J
8-4-4
1. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, Ye soldiers of the cross; Lift high His roy-al
2. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, The trumpet call o- bey; Forth to the mighty
3. Stand up, stand up for Jo - sus, Stand in His strength alone; The arm of flesh will
4. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, The strife will not be long, This day the noise of
-4-114-
MM MM 1 . Jm -*--*-*►
t<s» 1£ L^— | — p 0 1 J j j_
f
1
jgi^^^^p^lgE^p^
:F=?:
ban - ner, It must not suf-fer loss; From vic-t'ry un - to vic-t'ry His ar-my
con - flict In this His glorious day; Ye that are men now serve Him Against un-
fail you, Ye dare not trust your own ;Put on the Gos-pel ar-mor, And watching
bat - tie, The next, the victor's song; To him that o-ver-com-eth, A crown of
mmm.
shall He lead, Till ev-'ryfoe is vanquished, And Christ is Lord in - deed!
number'd foes; Let courage rise with danger, And strength to strength oppose 1
un - to pray'r, Where du-ty calls, or dan - ger, Be nev - er want-ing there!
life shall be; He with the King of glo - ry Shall reign e - ter - nal - ly.
m$^m
Copyright, 1001, by Geibel and Lehman.
Stand Up, Stand Up for Jesus!
Chorus.
=t
I*
7
Stand up for Je - sus,
Stand up. stand up for Je • sus.
i — J-^g- — r 'r~.z\ — i~^=fjL — >-q
*2
Ye sol-diers of the cross; Lift
-«-*-
.
*4
g
^f"?g— :
S6
ner, It must not,
A A ♦
it must not
3-
suf - fer loss!
^
■te-
^
1 — r
e
1
No. 113. Cast Thy Bread Upon the Water.
r
Charlotte G. Homer.
^
j.
Chas. fl. Gabriel.
3=
v-
T"
=t
4
^g
-gr
1. Cast thy bread up - on the wa- ter, Send it forthwith fer- vent pray' r;
2. Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ter, To its val - ue give no heed;
3. Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ter, What-so - ejer thy gift may be;
"•" T^- -*" ■&-
And the hand that feeds the rav-ens, Will thy rec - om-pense pre - pare.
Like the pal - try loaves and fish - es, It a mul - ti - tude may feed.
With a bless -ing, in due sea-son, God will send it back to Thee.
I
JE
E
i — r
±3=
r
Chorus.
T-2-p
/ Bread of life to souls that hunger, 'Twas for this that Je-sus came; \
{ Then in love and con-se-cra-tion, Free -ly give in His {Omit) ) dear name.
\±&—*-
~tg » b
£3:
^
£
; hg~ir~
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
^m
Ho. 114. Be Earnest and Steadfast.
Charlotte G. Hosier.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1/ 1/ "
1. Un - to all peo - pie, said Je - sus, Must the glad mes-sage be told,
2. You have a mis-siou ful - fill itl Some-one is wait-ing for you;
3. Not to the far dis - ant na-tions, Not to the isles of the sea
• i-,4 0-
%
fe=Cg±Zg=rg-3 I i-ZS=
-» » # m — \-m- — 0-sn » — • — » — • - • — » — ■ ~-&
fc*
£=$
And His command is as bind-ing E - ven to-day as of old;
Theieis a work that no oth - er Will, or is a - ble to do!
Does He command you to hast - en, And His Am - bas-sa - dor bej
__-#- -m- *m- ■*- ■+- ^p -p- -#- -&- •- -o- -m- -*_*^#-
— v * v / i/ v t-r^F^p— t v \> > k " L==l
*:
^
i=3^:
=£
*
-X
£=*
■*— *-
r
Pub-lish the bless - ed old sto - ry, Tell it o'er land and o'er sea;
Then, in the name of the Mas-ter, Go with -out hope of re - Down;
But all a - round and a - bout you There is a la - bor of love;
.0. A. JL _0L J»- JL.M-
For, as He bade His dis - ci-ples, So is the bid -ding to thee.
Gath-er the glit-ter-ing jew-els, — E - ven the stars for your crown.
Do what you can, and the serv-ice Will be re- cord -ed a - bove.
Chorus. Female voices.
n ps I r> I _N , fy^=^-t
•7 -•- i, ■*■ t V -♦- ^ ^
Be earn - est, and stead-fast In all what - so - ev - er yon do;
fc&S
-3—
S^=M
mm
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Be Earnest and Steadfast.
Not on - ly re joic - ing, But read - y and will-ing and true.
.4ZZ voices
P*"
-Ut*~
Oh, hear His ad - mo - ni - tion! Ac - cept the great com-mis-sion Of
0 e o Q-
-*- ' ' — r# — » — 0 0 — ,■ 0—. 0 0-
« \-0 0 0 0 0- 0 0-
love with-out fear or con - di - tion, For God has need of youl
(§[Pi?|*:=»I^==|»=f~:::=r5— \_. ^:
£ — V — v — tI=P — L|~
^i^gl
EES
fr— 1 — p-^—p-
i
No. 115.
Miles Lane.
W. Shrubsole
E. Perronet.
0
V I *». 0 0 -0- & kj *
1. All hail the pow'r of Jesus' name! Let angels prostrate fall; Bring forth the royal
2. Crown Him, ye morning stars of light, W o fixed this earthly ball; Now hail the strength of
3. Sinners, whose love can ne'er for get The wormwood and the gall;Go, spread y urtnphies
4. 0 that with yonder sacred throng We at His feet may fall;We'!l join the ev-er-
i ta«" r
a.
1
di - a-dem, And crown Him, crown Him, crown Him. Crown Him Lord of all.
Israel's might, .And crown Him, crown Him, crown Him, Crown Him Lord of all.
at His feet, And crown Him, crown Him, crown Him, Crown Him Lord of all.
last -ing song, And crown Him, crown Him, crown Him, Crown Him Lord of all.
V* YG> 15>- f-l b»5 1-<5 m-cr-0-\-£>-
#_
#_
=S:
B
±z
mm
&-^r~
No. 116.
Jesus Needs Me.
E. E. Hewitt.
£
-4—4-
J. B. Herbert.
£
£=f-
3=S
:£:
-9- -& -r ir ■*••*■ -ft
1. Je - sus in His serv - ice will my hands em-ploy; What a wondrous
2. Will-ing hearts may scat-ter seeds to bloom a - bove; Lips re - ech - 0
3. Some the pre-cious sto - ry nev - er have been told; Some are lost, and
4. May Thy light, dear Sav-ior, keep my heart a- glow, May Thy grace per-
rv-; 1* — » — s — » — S — r — I* — T— r —
i2±£=R=£
£=£
r*-
►p*.
1 — f— tt=:
*^f
V—V—V-
fel - low-ship, 0 what a joy! He will be my wis-dom, He will
mes-sa-ges of peace and love; Look-ing for His fruit-age, thro' life's
wan-d'ring from the Shepherd's fold; Some a - mid the bri - ers hard-ly
vade and sweet-ly 0 - ver - flow; Help - ing oth - er sin - ners to the
IN -0-
i^e
V
I
-hTh--
rt—$—v-
y— v
1
D. IS. — i/e wi// 6e my wis- dom, He will
Fine. Chorus.
^PPP^SS^i?
-t—f
V
§£
be my pow'r, Je - sus needs me ev - 'ry hour,
sun and show'r, Je - sus needs me ev - 'ry hour,
find a flow'r, Je - sus needs me ev - 'ry hour,
might-y Tow'r, Je - sus needs me ev - 'ry hour.
JM1
Je - sus needs me
E&l
if if l> V
be my pow'r, Je - sus needs me ev - 'ry hour.
f = 1 — \—^ Lfz=r — 1 — r^
-4— 4- 1
^— £-
D.S.
mmmmm
-r
all a - long the way, Je - sus needs me, needs me ev - "ry day;
-v — *-y — *
Copyright, 19CK5, by Chas. II. Gabriel-
No. 117. One More Day's Work for Jesus.
Anna B Waenee.
Rev Robert Lowry
1. One more day's work for Je-sus; One less of life for me! But heav'n i9
2. One more day's work for Je-sus; How glo-rious is my King! 'Tis joy, not
3. One more day's work for Je-sus; How sweet the work has been, To tell the
4. One more day's work for Je-sus; Oh, yes, a wea-ry day;But heav'n shines
5. Oh, bless - ed work for Je-sus! Oh, rest at Je-sus's feet! There toil seems
^
%
=S=t22
1E£
near-er, And Christ is dear- er, Than yes - ter-day to me; His love and
du - t.v, To speak His beau-ty; My soul mounts on the wing At the mere
sto - ry, To show the glo - ry, When Christ's flock en-ter in! How it did
clear-er, And rest comes nearer, At each step of the way; And Christ in
pleasure, My wants are treasure, And pain for Him is sweet; Lord, if I
. -0- ■+- m -*-■*-
£|&
1 — i — r
is]
Chorus.
light Fill all my soul to-night.
tho't How Christ my life has bought.
shine In this poor heart of mine! One more day's work for Je-sus, One more
all — Be-fore His face I fall.
may, I'll serve an-oth - er day.
@£
£^E
&&
'— =H !g —
1 r-
4-4-
^^^f^T^^^-Bd5
day's work for Jesus, One moreday's work for Je-sus, One less of life for me.
fefr-p-
• — <s~
-0 &-
53:
1—
Copyright property of Mary Runyon Lowry.
.* 52.
a=a:
£
==£=£=£
Ho. 118. Don't Stand in the Way.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. The light of the gos - pel, the sun-shine of love Is shin-ingto
2. A wide flow-ing riv - er is God's might-y grace, Suf - fi - cient to
3. His "times of re - fresh - ing" are com - ing a - gain! A sound in the
^iM=i^^H^=siM
v v r
f
p— v
*=f=fc=
«=p=
^^^^^ri jj{ ^
bright - en the world from a - bove; Be ev - er trans-mit - ting some
quick - en each dry, thirst -y place; The waves of sal - va - tion are
tree -tops, a -bun-dance of rain; Since God's Ho - ly Spir - it is
-*— P~ P
\— P~
:f
- — g^ — --£— -p— r/ — » g m—-f — p— pf — * — - — f-» P ^
? — r
B^
clear, gold - en ray; Re - fleet it to oth - ers— don't stand in the way.
roll - ing to' - day; Be chan-nels of bless-ing — don't stand in the way.
work-ing to - day, 0 yield to Him whol- ly— don't stand in the way.
ft ft • *_•__« e_ »
¥=
Chorus.
=S=f=Si:=£:
£=£
P P P
fa#^i=^^i^
When God would His won - - der - ful mer-cy dis - play, 0 la-bor and
won - der - ful, won - der - ful, 0
^■p— * — -l# — :» — » — 0 — # — w — L— •— i
*=r=£
££
i^— ^ u ^ ^ p-fr-^fr— F-
■4— =r-
g=g 0=-*-- 1£
Y-r
^-p-c-c-c-r
pray, don't stand in the way! The Sav - ior is
la - bor and pray, don't stand in the way!
-#- ■♦■-#■-#-
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
-p— P U P 1 — ^ P ^
Don't Stand in the Way,.
seek -ing for sin -ners to-day, Go with Him, go! don't stand in the way!
^
— L7 — tr
-g g-*-? h 1Y-?
r-1 1 ^=¥=FFg^
Uo. 119.
Rescue
th;
Perishing.
Fanny J. Crosby.
W. n. Doane.
1. Res -cue the per- ish-ins. Care for the dy - ing, Snatch them in pit - y from
2. Tho' they are slighting Him, Still He is wait-ing, Wait-ing the ptn - i-tent
3. Down in the hu-man hea^t. Crushed by the tempter. Feelings lie bur-ied tnat
4. Res-cue the per- ish- ing, Du -ty de-mands it; Strength for thy la-bor the
w
sin and the grave; Weep o'er the err - ing ones, Lift up the fall -en,
child to re-ceive. Plead with them ear-nest-ly, Plead with them gently;
grace c?.n re-store: Touched by a lov-ing heart, Wakened by kind-ness,
Lord will pro-vide. Back to the nar-row way Pa-tient-ly win them;
a e m_
-p— V
fea
g=JEfr=£=g=l
F=t=fe=f=BEEl
Chorus.
~9i 1'
"T — r* — |—
h r>
H — ^ s i i
H — r J / fe ■ |
(8) d
t=* 3
2 — * — e — fi —
# • # # • 0 j—
t) Sr
Tell them of Je - sus, the might-y to save.
He will for -give if they on - ly be-lieve. Res-cue the per-ish-ing,
Chords that were bro-ker will vi-brate once more.
Tell the poor wan- d'ler a Sav-ior has died.
--•--*- m - -*- -*- ■&- f*
§fe
^
E
i — » n — v — v — jg — rl — £--£ — ,#--- g— f—1
r-f-
M^^=5
m
d=fe
i^ii
sus will 6ave.
Care for the dy
ing: Je
is mer-ci
ful, Je
Copyright, 1870. W. H. Doane.
No. 120. Rejoice in the Lord Alway.
Mrs. C. H. M.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
3s=r.
1. Make your life a tune - ful song, Ye who un - to Christ be -long,
2. Trust Him as your friend and guide, What-so - ev - er may be-tide,
3. Praise Him for your hope ofheav'n, For the glo-riouspros-pectgiv'n,
gia^rriizi^ELLZZ^ziEz j | — \n±b — p=t — p— rz^J
*-• r
And re - joice
And re -joice
And re - joice
And
r?
l^^fcfEr^Z*±ESfeEfe?E
1rf— P
in the Lord
in the Lord
in the Lord
al - way; Give the winds your
al - way; When the clouds ob-
al - way; For the bliss that
i the Lord al - way;
-y-l— wa — t-
itt
doubts and fears, Cease your murm'ring,dry your tears, And re-joice in the
scure the light, Walk by faith and not by sight, And re-joice in the
us a - waits, Just in - side the pearl - y gates, And re-joice in the
And re - joice in the
fctL
£33
£
£33§£
S|33fe
dz— I— J
f-trf--*
S^g
Chorus.
-p — t? r
^&
Lord al - way. Praise Him for - ev - - er, Praise Him for-
Praise Him foi -ev - er more,
KIS^
Etf=t=BbCi
-s-8-
ev - er,
Praiso Him for-ev
' 1 »•
Raise to Him your loft - iest songs; Un - to
er more, Raise your loft - iest songs;
-S-8-
Copyrieht, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
if — ^=p — pf-
Rejoice in the Lord Alway.
h*:^L
:5^
—
r
Him the praise belongs;
Praise to Him be-iongs;
k
And re - joice in the Lord al
And re -joice in the Lord al ■
way.
way.
No. 121. Safe in the Arms of Jesus.
Fanny J. Crosby. W. H. Doane.
S
>k^-
r
1. Safe in the arms of Je
2. Safe in the arms of Je
3. Je - sus, my heart's dear ref
sus,
sus,
uge,
Safe on His gen - tie breast —
Safe from cor-rod - ing care;
Je - sus has died for me;
Cho. — Safe in the arms of Je
sus,
£
^~r
<?
3&i
Safe on His gen - tie breast —
There by His love o'er - shad - ed, Sweet - ly my soul shall rest.
Safe from the world's temp - ta-tions, Sin can -not harm me there.
Firm on the Rock of A - ges, Ev - er my trust shall be.
&
~iim:
T
£
%
X22I
3*-^+
-
-,
There by His love o'er - shad - ed, Sweet - ly my soul shall rest.
Hark! 'tis the voice of an - gels,
Free from the blight of sor - row,
Here let me wait with pa-tience,
Borne in a song to me,
Free from my doubts and fears;
Wait till the night is o'er;
£L£-
-^S-
J
I
-E r-
\9-
£
£=fc
i±
j-
D.C.
0 - ver the fields of glo - ry,
On - ly a few more tri - als,
Wait till I see the morn - ing,
A -0L- -fi- JL +- „ &-
m^^^m
=p=£
E=E
Sfc
a:
0 - ver the jas - per sea.
On - ly a few more tears.
Break on the gold -en shore,
-*- r> * k
T
T=r-
--5
i
Copyright, 1870. by W. H. Doane.
Ho. 122. Despised and Rejected.
Maud Frazer.
■3- -0- -m-i ■$- -+■ 9 -m
Chas. H. Gabriel.
z£=3^.
1. De-spis'd and re-ject-ed, the dear Son of God, When earth's rugged paths
2. De-spis'd and re-ject-ed! how oft - en be -fore To His gen -tie knock
3. Beyond human tho't, Lord, that great love of Thine, That leads Thee to seek
to save sin- ners He trod! Despis'd and re - iect-ed by ma - ny to-day!
I have fastened the door! But now doth His pleading my heart Strang ly move;
sin -ful hearts such as mine; But as Thou hast died the un-wor- thy to win,
i v n en ni ^r
Chorus.
Shall I, too, re-fuse Him, from love turn a-way?
I haste to sur-ren-der my all to His love!
I bring to Thy cross all my bur-den of sin.
No longer I'll grieve Thee,
-fc±=El=t=K-t< i _4^[t=t<r=g-»--J>-[y=k^fc=k-P=
r
u ? M
0 Sav - ior di-vine; Come in - to my heart, make it, Lord, wholly Thine! I
H
km
&
t=±=
^ ^
i— ^— p-
^i^^^M^^B
bow down before Thee;Thy love shall not be Despis"d and re-ject-ed by me.
u.ju-0 #— m — M--B — 0— -» — »-^-~ 0-T-0 — 0—0—0 - 0 — rrs>-'— n
Cpyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 123.
Orders.
E. D. Elliott.
Wm. Edu Marks.
a~Tt; m^M^^to
1. ".4£ - tea - tion" our Lead er com - mand - eth!
2. "At • ten - Hon,'' our Leader cnm. - mand - elk!
3. "At - ten • tion' our Lead-er com - mand - eth!
Or - der num-ber one re-
Or - der num-bor two is
Or - der nuni-ber three is
soundeth "Fol-low Me!" Je-su9, we will ev - er true and faith-ful be,
"Work for Me to - day I" Hear it ring-ing out up-on the har-vest way!
ringing, "Watch and pray!" Watch and pray that no one from the fold should stray;
7 0-
m&^£
'i i i
V— M-- ^=£=£=M^=
fr
*
4—
^
E5
£^
fc=£
H
■*■'• -2- •«■ ■*■
3
e-quip'd and read - y we will fol-low Thee — Lead us on
Mas-ter, now we haste Thy sum-mons to o - bey, March- ing on
Watch and wait the com-ing of His glo-rious day, March -ing on
to
in
the
-4
=E#=*=fc:
v-v
Chorus.
T
4-
-*—*-.
IS
vie - to - ryl
strong ar - ray.
homeward way.
*
( Mighty Captain, we will fol-low Thee to-day, \ T
der quick-ly to o-bey, J LiasXrlDZ
< Read y ev - 'ry or
Thee to lead us safe-ly on the way, While we work and watch and pray.
.#■ 4, -#-
^^^mmm
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
in — f— v
i — i— t
^
m
• ~.
No. 124. The Sunlight of His Love.
N. P. C.
Mrs. Nellie Place Chandler.
1. In the shadows dark and drear -y long I wandered; Sin and doubt-ing
2. Since my life J trust en - tire - ly to His keep-ing, Songs of joy and
3. Let the world an idark-ness seek to hide Him from me, Yet in con-fi-
♦ - -m- -m- Is Is
3=*
f
Zr-1
1^— P-
f-iMH
m
held me in con-trol; But I cast them all up - on my bless -ed
praise my glad heart sings, For what e'er is best for me I know He'll
dence my soul shall dwell; He will rift the clouds, and send the glo-rious
-r*- -•- _g g -j£_ -#- -#--»--#--•-
CHORi'S. s. k.
$=1 j ^-^f^ f ^j=rT-T—Frs=3f$=£
e
Sav-ior, And His glo - ry came and fill'd my soul!
sendme;0 what bless-ed-ness His prom-ise brings! 0 I'm liv-ing in the
sunlight! I am trusting Him, and all is well.
+- -&- -m- -»- -»- +■ A-
> 0 *
V-
V-
-4 • 0 — #
n:
^^E^sj
sunhght of His love, In the blessings which He sends me
of Hi9 love,
EO^e
i§—
V V v
-f-a-* — LJ — • — # — *=f * — • -J
from a - bove; If I trust and do His will, Ev - 'ry
from a - bove;
Z — 0 1^ . P zqc
rs
HE
'
* 8
r — v—v
Copyright, 1908, by Chfc« H. Gabriel.
1
The Sunlight of His Love.
EE*w^K
'!=*
ps
li
prom-ise He'll ful -fill! I am liv-ing in the sun -light of His love!
£S
5=5=+
£=£
»—» .— a — p-
-p- A
h
i
No. 125.
D. K.P.
Love One Another.
^=fc
H. B. Palmer.
IE
1. An - gry words! 0 let them nev - er From the tongue un-brid-led slip:
2. Love is much too pure and ho - ly, Friendship is too sa-cred far
3. An - gry words are light - lv spo-ken,Bit - t'rest tho'ts are rash-lvstirr'd—
SLI; 8 r
fr-r.4^
7
-^ f*-
S
-<*-
-€—
±
7*"
^
^f^L
t3^
May the heart's best im-pulse ev - er Check them ere they soil the lip.
For a mo-ment's reck-less fol - ly Thus to des - o-late and mar.
Bright-est links of life are bro-ken By a sin - gle an - gry word.
I
v
S^
>
1
"Love one another,'thussaiththe Sav-ior, Children o-bey the Father's blest com-
"Love each oth-er. love each oth-er," 'Tis the Fa- ther's blest com-
.0 • -fi .0- -p.
^0=0^0 0-
^5
~
F=E
ft* p
±:±ri
1
SSili
t) a i y r " ^ a v
mand:"Love one another,"thus saith the Savior, Children, obey His blest command.
Tis His blest command.
mand:
§^S
"Love each oth-er.
-0- -0-
love each oth-er,"
-*-* -00-
Used by per. of Dr. H. R. Palmer, owner of copyright.
No. 126.
It is Victory.
James Rowe.
5E?3E±E?iF£
Chas. H. Gabriel.
:^=^
»
•
3=J3=
■pr -0- -0- -4T
1. Do you hear, 0
2. Do you see, 0
3. Lift your eyes, 0
£
faint ing sol-dier that sweet word which rends the skies?
faint-ing sol-dier how the gos - pel ban-ner waves?
faint-ing sol-dier, see His arm-y march-ing on!
:±
Ji
==fc
u
*=&=$
f:
=£
r
?
^,
±=
!5E^5E
^=t=
T -* ^& -+
It is "Vic-to-ry!' It is "Vic-to-ry!"From the hearts of faithful comrades
It is "Vic-to-ryl" It is "Vic-to-ry!"' It is float-ing o - ver thousands
It is "Vic-to-ry!" It is "Vic-to - ry!" Sin is swift-ly dis-ap-pear-ing,
ft=£
m
^
s=*
-fa-
in the field it doth a - rise,
who were once but fee - ble slaves!
darkness fad-insr in - to dawn,
-P
It
It
It
"Vic-
"Vic-
"Vic-
ryl
ry!
ry!
to— to
E
Vic-to-ry!"
Vic-to-ryl"
Vic-to-ry!"
1
-rr
Chorus.
f i -fr=fc
V V V Vr
f We are marching'gainst the foe,Strikingharder ev'ry blow;Soon the tempter andhis
\ Kise, 0 fainting soldier.rise! Heartheshout that rends the skies, (Omit)
arm - y from the field will have to go! It is "Vic-to-ry!
Vic-to-ry!"
£— S
£g5=frF
=«=u
Copyright, 1906. by Chas, H. Gabriel.
No. 127. You May Have the Joy-bells.
J. Edw. Ruark
WM. J. KlRKPATHICK.
1. You may have the joy-bells ring - ing in your heart, And a peace that
2. You will meet with tri - als as you jour- ney home, Grace suffi - cient
3. Love of Je - sus in its full - ness you may know, And this love to
■*- ■&-
= 0— -0 — 0 ' ■ 0 — 0 0 r0—
fey-,— i=h=— — =r=fe
fc^=:
from you nev - er will de - part; Walk the straight and narrow way,
He will give to o - ver-come; Tho' un-seen by mor - tal eye,
those a-round you sweet-ly show; Words of kind-ness al - ways say,
e
£
r=:
^->-
$
Fl N E.
#— (S1 ■
-^ -------- I j, p
Live for Je - sus ev - 'ry day, He will keep the joybells ringing in your heart.
He is with you ev-er nigh, And He'll keep the joybells ringing in your heart.
Deeds of mercy do each day, Then He'll keep the joybells ringing in your heart.
0—0—0—0—0—0 , rm~.—*—F--Z — * ' 0—0 -
f — r .[_, r r — e— i >—-»—»—-*-■ — w—~ V.
Chorus.
D. S. — He will keep the joybells ringing in your heart.
IS
Joy ... bells ring-ing in your heart, Joy - bells
Ring-ing in your htart, You may have the joy - bells
+ +. +. ++ + +. ^: jl *z >' f. :£' -*: -£. _
■ #-' — 0—^0—0 rff— »—-»—-|»— <g-
r 1 f—r — ^sj V: — r. — r~\ —
£
§
_N__fc_v.
D.S.
ringing in your heart;Take the Savior here below, With you ev'ry where you go,
Copyright, 1899, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
a
No. 128. Marching In His Name.
Charlotte Q. Homes,
4
■ 4-
Chas. H. Gabriel.
5
£=
s-
1. Like an ar - my we areniov-ing Stead-i - ly, and at com-mand,
2. Ma - ny foes concealed a - bout us, Wou'd in-vade our ranks to « day,
the light our ban-ner gleam-ing, Fills the heart with love and cheer,
P^EESEE5=*I
Thro' a strange and hos-tile coun - try, To a bet - ter bright-er land,
And with sub - tile ag- i - ta - tion, Seek to turn us from the way;
And the voice of our Re - deem-er, Qui - ets ev - 5ry doubt and fear,
-0^-0— 0 0— g=g=rg— P" f^-f-[»—f—f—0=^^±
^Sg
PPPPi
V t
I I
-A-
f
^
II V t
Full e- quip*d, cour-age-ous, loy - al, With the gos - pel firm - ly shed,
But our Lead-er, on be - fore us, All their se - cret cun - ning knows,
Shoulder pressed to shoulder ev - er With a tramp, tramp, tramp we move,
«:
We are march-ing on to glo - ry, To the cit - y of our
And His wis - dom is for - ev - er Proof a-gainst the chief of
On-ward, up - ward to the cit - y Built for us thro' Je - sus'
Jl:Ji ,0 -^ — 0—,-t—g — &+£—£— J-
God.
foes,
love.
SgS
^ T
Chorus.
%
El
:fc£
t=t
2=5
S*
=f
1
W=^=fc
£
3=^=*
~& 3- -S- 'f
With a firm de-term - i - na - tion, And a trust that shall not
3nr3
wane,
£=C±=
±2=£
=====£
Copynght 1907 by Chas. n Gabriel.
HTT
£:
Si
4=£=fcg
1/ 1/
m
%>=$?
Marching in His Name.
-i J l i , -J — u__
M
=fc£
For the King we have en - list - ed, And are marching in His train;
A* -*- _. -#--•- «- -•- ^""j
£=t
|ibs=^|I§
ev - er ring - ing, while mov-ing up the great high-
I I I I I I * V t
fc-r-l 1 I I .J U
9- \ i. ^R"3*— «— J— I-*—*' — ' — {— H — |— ;
way To a cit - y bright, e - tern-al, In a land of cloud-less day.
-f2-- -*-• - - • » I f * -*- -*■ £ t* ^.
! — .-« m — — T-k. # # — , <g -,
i» i r ifei
|Hte£-^^
££
b~ T Tf=f=f
E
m:
S
No. 129. Holy Ghost, With Light Divine.
A. Eked.
te^E
5EJ^
'
^
LOUIS M. GOTTSCHALK.
-4-
0
c:^
j#- » • ^ i" > : » 1 r
1. Ho - ly Ghost, with light di - viue, Shine up - on this heart of mine;
2. Ho - ly Ghost, with pow'rdi - vine, Cleanse this guilt - y heart of mine;
3. Ho - ly Ghost, with joy di - vine, Cheer this saddened heart of mine;
4. Ho - ly Spir - it, all di - vine, Dwell with - in this heart of mine;
Chase the shades of night a - way, Turn my dark-ness in - to day.
Long hath sin, with - out con - trol, Held do - min - ion o'er my soul.
Bid my man - y woes de - part, Heal my wound-ed, bleed-ing heart.
Cast down ev - 'ry i - dol throne, Reign su-preme— and reign a - lone.
j2, , n
_^p t !__!_ L. __LJ F LC
-:
No. 130. The Prize Before Us.
Charlotte G. Homer.
£— ft-
Samuel W. Beazley.
^£=*
IfJ
3^3
1. There s a prize be-fore us, in the race we run, And by who -so - ev-er
2. Doubting not nor wea-ry, let us strive to win; Keep-ing free from all ap-
3. Thus, all else for-get-ting, press toward the mark, Keep-ing in the sunshine,
^^S
"T- r
*^
.
^=b
3=S=fc
g=g^P=i^=iEB
I
will it may be won; Zealous then, and tire-less let us be, and true,
pear-an-ces of sin; Onward! not as one un-cer-tain of the way,
nev - er in the dark; Topos-sess the guer-don be our one de - sire;
o a.
fcfct:
p-p-^-^rr-
%\
'■¥
IS S S' J _N CHORUS.
Faith-ful to our call-ing, with the goal in view.
But with courage growing stronger ev - 'ry day.
Faith will give us strength to run and nev - er tirel
On - ward, then, re-
M N1
r\*i rsl
Onward, then, rejoicing as we
joicing as we run, For
joic ■ - ing, re-joic-ing,
prize
&
M
ter - nal must be won!
ter - - na] must be won!
tf=t:
For the prize e-ter-nal must be won, must be won.
1
Ev-er-last-ing joy and beauty, And a crown of life that fadeth not a - way;
_ And a crown that fad-eth not a-way;
5 « » * -p- ♦
n
~m- m « ~^" ~^" ~^~
L 1 I
f-
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel
r
The Prize Before Us.
-4-
f_t__^=^=?_^.
U r r r r $
God the Fa-ther hath revealed it, And it shall be ours for-ev-er, in that day
e m m S' ♦ s m IS & ^. m • • & ^ N m
II
M=t
m^mi
No. 131. I Will Arise and Go.
Madd Frazer.
H. A. Henry.
l."Come un-toMe," the Sav-ior is pleading, "Weary with sin and woe;"
2. Oh, can it be that still there is par-don, Tho' I have grieved Him so?
3. Wea-ry am I, for long have I struggled, Striving to down the foe;
4. I will a -rise, the Sav-ior will help me, Strength for my need bestow;
5. Why should I stay where ev-er my spir-it Hun-ger and thirst must know;
I h
W-*-p — WZ
BE
U U l>
i=^=f
V I f i»
£
i> i
v u
M
^.£—±JL^zzzzzzz^f^^
I can -not stay, His kind voice un-heed-ing, I will a - rise and go.
Yes, for His blood was shed to save sin-ners, I will a - rise and go.
On - ly the grace of Je - sus can save me, I will a - rise and go.
Home to the Fa-ther's in - fi- nite mer-cy, I will a - rise and go.
There is for me a feast now a-wait-ing, I will a - rise and go.
k U U I 1/
D. S. — Ou£ on the way the Fa-ther will meet me,
I will a - rise and go.
Chorus.
p-h— *i — « — « — -— -
£_fc &
±=M
I D.S.
:£m^m
I will a - rise, I will a - rise, I will a - rise and go;
m
£e
h h h
s
S
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 132.
Trust and Obey.
Rev. J. H. Sammis.
D. B. Towner.
*--r-H — ' TT , ^-^::F»— A — R- i ^ ^ p— ;— 4-q
1. When we walk with the Lord In the light of His word, What a glo - ry He
2. Not a shad-ow can rise, Not a cloud in the skies, But His smile quickly
3. Not a bur-den we bear, Not a sor-row we share, But our toil He doth
4. But we nev-er can prove The de-lights of His love Un-til all on the
5. Then in fel-low-ship sweet We will sit at His feet, Or we'll walk by His
• -I i-i z r
t=s=s=^t
^i=p=p:
=P=£
r
:k=
-*&--*- -0- -*
r~ t— r
^=1
Sd:i=z^=1=Lf_i=J=t2=^-5_z:E3^=3=33i=J
sheds on our way! While we do His good will, He a - bides with us still,
drives it a - way; Not a doubt nor a fear, Not a sigh nor a tear
rich-ly re -pay; Not a grief nor a loss, Not a frown nor a cross,
al - tar we lay, For the fa - vor He shows, And the joy He be-stows,
side in the way; What He says we will do, Where He sends we will
And with all who will trust and
Can a - bide while we trust and
But is blest if we trust and
Are for all who will trust and
Nev - er fear, on - ly trust and
■#- -+ -f- - P -#-
o - bey.
o - bey.
o - bey.
o - bey.
o - bey.
Trust and o - bey, For there's
fe
%=£=£
:t
r&-
■&- -0- -0-
| Y
^c
no oth - er way To be hap - py in Je - sus But to trust and o - bey.
-0- ■+■ -0- -0- -o- -0- -*- -0-
Copyright, 1887, by D. B.Towner. By per.
Ho. 133
Grace to Help Me.
E. E, Hewitt.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
5^3ES
:z:
r=t
•t-Nj
^^=H-H-^^^pE
*— P>-
1. When a con-trite sin - ner to the Lord I came, Peace I found be-liev-ing
2. In the dai - ly war-fare that I wage with sin, He hath pow'r to give me
3. In my lack of wis-dom, as His work I dc, Look-ing to my Sav-ior
4. Sometimes ros - es spark-le with the dewdops bright; Sometimes raindrops fall a-
K s I I - - -P- A- ^ A
m
m
■$■
x—p-t>
I
R=E
-a
£=f;
--I-
B=J
*=*
#=S
!
^
in His precious name; Now I'm
vie- to - ry with - in; In His
brings me guidance true; Rich - ly
mid the chil - ly night;Thro' the
i — i — r
sweet-ly prov-ing, as the days suc-ceed,
might-y Spir-it, there is strength in-deed;
will He bless me, as I sow the seed,
shade and sunshine, He will gent - ly lead,
There is al - ways grace to
e=E
_,:
help me in my time of need.
— b n F— — r== -* » < —
D.S.-There is al - ways grace to help me in my time of need.
Chorus.
:^i
m
V^tt
9 ♦ -Tt ■*-
3=Z=l
y
Grace to help me, 0, how rich and sweet! Grace to help me at the
V — V-Jp-^—Y
5
^
D.S.
S
"^ Tfb '
T~
T~
mer-cyseat! When the name of Je - sus at the throne I plead,
"* — — ' ' s f I* — S — r —
=l=l=t=t=
S=£
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 1.34. When Love Shines In.
Mrs. Frank A Breck.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. Je-sus comes with pow'r to gladden, When love shines in,
2. How the world will glow with beauty, When love shines in,
3. Dark-est sorrow will grow brighter, When love shines in,
4. We may have un-fad-ing splen-dor, When love shines in,
Ev-'ry life that
And the heart re-
And the beav-iest
And a friendship
P^2
£±E
t— r-r— v
>-
b_^_^__^^
^g^s=s
3=*
woe can sad-den, When love shines in. Love will teach us how to pray,
joice in du-ty, When love shines in. Tri - als may be sane - ti-fied,
bur-den light-er, When love shines in. 'Tis the glo - ry that will throw
true and ten-der, When love shines in. When earth-vict'ries shall be won,
M h-t-r- -*.-Q-^-
■r-v— tr- t
Love will diive the gloom away, Turn our darkness into day, When love shines in.
And the soul in peace abide, Life will all be glo-ri-fied,When love shines in.
Light to showus where to go;0 the heart sha'l blessing know,Whenlove shines in.
And our life in heav'n begun, There will be no need of sun, When love shines in.
Chorus.
0—0— ft 0 M 0—0 +. j ^_
^zfcM^=^t==S=r=EEfc±:
■m
When love shines in, When love shines
When love shine in .
^ P J).
How the heart is
llji^^feg^^BpSFFffi
fc
When love shines in, When love shines in
When love shines in.
\—\r
tuned to singing, When love shines in; *
When love shines in
Copyright, 1902, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
cr1
. . When love shines in, . ,
When lovo shines in,
When
J^
f
When love shines in, When love shines in.
When Love Shines In.
^mm^^^mim^
love shines in, Joy and peace to others bringing, When love shines in.
Wiien love, when love seines in.
:•:•, J. ± :*:':£ , N | I* J t^-^f:* J. J J f^ _
When loves shines in.
No. 135. He is the Savior You Heed.
L. E. J.
L. E. Jones.
■0- -* -w
1. Have you ac-cept - ed of Je-sus, the Lord? He is the Sav-ior you need!
2. He will support you when tempted and tried, He is the Sav-ior you need;
3. He will de - liv - er thee out of de-spair, He is the Sav-ior you need;
4. Trust Him, believe Him, accept and o - bey, He is the Sav-ior you need;
¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ fo-f-P1
=x— Hzz|=n._j_XLi^=q
Do you be-lieve Him and trust in His word? He is the Sav-ior you need.
He will be near you to guard and to guide, He is the Sav-ior you need.
He all your burdens and sorrows will share, He is the Sav-ior you need.
Doubting no long-er, re-ceive Him to-day, He is the Sav-ior you need.
U. „ ^^^ - - ♦ ♦ -*■ -^2L
He . . is the Sav-ior you need, He . . is a Sav-ior in-deed;
He is the Sav-ior, He is a Sav-ior,
JL _£-
-0--0--0--0-0- -0- -£
- i i — F»— •— f— fg— H>-!»-* » p11*
i- i — J — i — i— r
-*-l 1 I I— J-
9- -0- -0- -&-'
t=s=s=9=^^e
-&•-&■
Cru-ci-fied One
eg
£=g=S
>ne, God's well be-loved Son, He is the Sav-ior you need.
.0. .0-0-0 rrs -0- -0- -0. -0.
s — f ,t v v f x-yr-^-p 0 , ~
te
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
I" 1-
? » » ip— i~-^i — ^-
r-t
Ho. 136.
A Wonderful Savior.
Mrs. Frank A. Breck.
Dr
5V H DOANE.
arfcKi N~
s v Is. 1 R s P «. iv 1 ^
r s r-
W-S-m~
J h — I— J J* ^ ' \y JL J i
-J-4*J m\—
1. 0 have you not hoard of a Sav-ior who came To die for a
2. The soul that i3 hun-gry lie fills with good things; The thirst -y are
3. Art wea - ry and faint - bg wi:h fam-be and strife? 0 come to Him
am m o o a a e m a a
£fe-frfi — —* • — — i 9 ° 1 -U « — * —
y
-# — # — & — * * — « — i
V V * \ V t
-0 iff ff * 0
y y y 1 k
V — V — y—
_*-l r r r — ] — ^—i
sin -ner like mo? And have you been told of IIi3 won-der-ful name, And
ev - er sup - plied; The sor-row-bg spir - it tri-umph-ant-ly sings, When
just as you are, And ask for the broad and the wa-ter of life, And
all that this Sav-ior will bo? His name i3 callod Jc-sus! He saves us from
Je - sus is Shep-hcrd and Guide. 0 wan -der-cr, come to this Sav-ior of
poace that no ruor-tal can mar. In pen - i-tence low at His feet if you
-»■ -0- -0- +- fh m ,?. m mJ_ m m , 0 -T
££
4±S=S:
6— S— £-
%
t&L
^t=S.
:9~9i
£
P
E
\y y y y y—y~
X V y
X=^
T
±=£
sm, His love is far-reach
men, He long-eth thy heart
fall, Far more than you aok
^ — * — fc—fw-J — ' Is ■ Is „ fe fs — ^ — * — ^- ,
ing and truo; He diod on the cross, my sal-
to ro - now; To - day He is bring-ing sal-
will lie do; A won-der-ful Sav - ior is
va - tion to win, And He
va - tion so jear, And He
Je - sus for all, And He
\%r-l — - v* ■ ^r
is the Sav - ior for yon.
is the Sav -ior for you. 0 come to this
is the Sav -ior for you.
i^
Z±3=*
P— y— y~
t=tefe
-0-~ — *-
v—%-v
*=
rt
Copyright, 1907, by Chas. H. GabrieL
A Wonderful Savior.
won-der-ful Sav - ior to-day, The Friend ev-er - last-ing and true; A
IN IN f\ I
^— *— *— ' — »-^-*-g „ * p i^%~%
-*=£=£
l-W-*—»— • — h b — u — d —
E
fc*
-£=b^w=*z=$c
~^—^—\f
'£.-
won-der-ful, won-der-ful Sav-ior to me, And a won-der-ful Sav-ior for you.
1PES3
Ho. 137.
Charlottk G. Homer.
Serving Jesus.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. These lit-tle feet of mine Must be ver-y, ver-y care-ful; This lit - tie
2. These lit-tle hands must be Bus- y, bus-y, i - die nev-er; But dai - ly
3. This lit-tle face of mine Must be light-ed up with beau-ty; These lit-tle
Ep^ES
i — i U-
3=?
-f~
V
Chorus.
heart of mine Must be ver-y, ver-y pray'r-ful.
they must be Learning to be clev-er, clev-er. Dai-ly striving to be true, In
eyes be sharp To de - tect and claim a dut-y.
J^^FM^I^I^BE^EgEh^j
-3-
-£±±
?r '- — • Is> - s — *— c — « — J—
ev-'ry lit-tle thing; Serv-ing Je sus faith-ful-ly— Our blessed Lord and King.
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
£^
f"
-I -j . Tl
* »■ J -I
1 \
No. 138.
Just Where You Are.
Miriam E. Arnold.
*±, ■ r J*-J=
Chas. H. Gabrisl.
ir-r~t~r* -J Ml 'T — ^P — ■ — h — fc-*j=*=g^i
1. Just where you are shine for Je-sus,your King; Just where you are make His
2. Just where you are, tho' your own heart be sad,Du - ty requires you to
3. Just where you are let your light shine to-day, Some-one may fol-low where
1=1
-#-*-
ra=s^
£*
--(.
=u— is-i — i-
i#— i — P — ^
is
glad prais - es ring; Songs of re - joic - ing tri - um-phant - ly sing-
make oth - ers glad— Those who, per-haps, great-er tri - als have had,
you lead the way; Now the com-mands of theMas-ter o - bey,
f=£=f:
m
m
2=:
IZTT
£
r-
1 — t^ — i^-
fc
Chorus.
fe
Just where you are shine for Je - sus.
Just where you are shine for Je - sus. Just where we are Je - sus
Just where you are shine for Je - sus.
-»—
£=E
£=£
&-
r^-s— r— t— g-H
-*— *
£
±==±=*=±=r±=±=}
g=fe^^^P^^
^
E^l
wants us to shine, You in your cor - ner, I in mine; Let ns be
tej=£idi:
£=£=p
zEE*e£
-»—
i^^^^^^^^^m
true to the Lord di - vine, And just where we are shine for Je - sus.
.^-p-f — t — FFf— i — r=i
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
-»--•-
-*-?-
£=r~ E
I^E
§1
'So. 139. Our Shepherd True.
W. C. Martin.
^Prr^zi
Wm. Edie Marks.
^E£
*
m
1. Our lov-ing Sav-ior, Je - sus, is the Shepherd of the sheep, Ha guards with
2. In Je - sus' faith-ful prom-ise we may safe-ly, firm-ly stand, That none shall
3. By Je - sus' bloodshed on the cross, our guilty souls are bougbt.And by Hi3
■0-' -m- ■* ,Um -*-• ■+- ■+-• ■#•
•_•__# 0-± i
^ v \>—r-v—r^—$-
T"
itlrf
rr * #^ ^
care the flocks His Father trust-ed Him to keep; And we may pur-ney safe-ly,
ev - er pluck us from His kind pro-tect-ing hand;Ar.d when He speaks we gladly
life of sor-row is our great sal-va-tion wrought;And by His word our feet to
f — d
&
*F£'
*=£P
-^-^ j^-* ]
IS R-J ' *— ^ e— ^ ^-d — * -1 — w
knowing He will nev - er sleep, Thus se-cure - ly guarded by the Shepherd true,
hear, and at His blest command We will fol- low an-y-where our Shepherd true,
walk in righteous ways are taught.And we follow loy - al - ly our Shepherd true.
^^ffjf^^mrn^
D. S. — pastures ev - er new, For He is our Shepherd, loving Shepherd true
Chords.
;±^±-^^;±
Our Shep-herd true, our Shepherd true! We'll fol-low an - y- where so long as
*&=mm&
r—r
t^— j^— *~r
JM-
^-^=-fc=!=^±
D.5.
p— B#-: #=8-, #=■ f" g r«-= «=«_• #— #-; — j — J-. «-U
Je
in view, For we know that He will lead us in - to
Copyright, 1908, by Ch&s. H. GabrieL
No. 140. I am Coming to Thee.
E. E. Hewitt.
Chas. H. Gabriel
§
-+■■*- -m- -%■ -m- m -&-.
-i— 5— 5— *— 'riF^^g.
1. I come, tho' ray sins be as scar - let, I come un - to Cal-va-ry's flow;
2. I come to be cleans'd from transgression, I come to find heal-ing of soul;
3. 0, won - der-ful precious sal- va - tion! 0, love that hath blessing for me!
?=W
££
k=fr— f~ k=p=±sg^zjg:=ri±£— t i — I i — rhg^
1&
"^
ii9J
i p r
i
§fe
< [ r .
I come tho' ray stains are as crimson, That they may be whiter than snow.
For Thou wilt receive my confession, Thy touch will make perfectly whole.
In Christ is such sweet consolation, To Him all the glo-ry shall be.
That they may be whiter than snow
i i i i
rf-p-i — r—?^-
=F=F
Chorus.
-(S'-s-i
irte?
rT?T
I come unto Thee, Thy mercy is free, is free;
I come, blessed Sav - ior, Thy mer - - cy is free; . .
I come un- to Thee, I come un-to Thee, Thy mer-cy is free,
— I-
2=P
0—0—0
-^ jzrj-^r-j
zix=c =yT \-E-r- 0-0-0T-—-—F
0-»zjM^r-0-0zr^ — =cfcf:±p •-=^r~r~r3t~a=£- ::
I I I MTl I J ' M
I know Thou hast died for the sin- ner, And so I am coming to Thee
-'# — r |»-'# — * — *
IbteQe
F
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
i=zp=t=Ef=^=^p=3p-fe2U
No. 141. Let Jesus Come Into Your Heart.
1. If you are tired of the load of ycur sin, Let Je-sus come in-to your heart;
2. If 'tis fur pur - i - ty now that you sigh,Let Je-sus come in-to your heart;
2. If there's a tempest your voice cannot sLill,Let Je-sus come in-to your heart;
4. If friends,once trusted, have proven un-true,Let Je-sus come in-to your heart;
5. If you would join the glad songs of the b!est,Let Je-sus come in-to your heart;
pi , . m w- m m t> — rm — m * w \ ' L I-
u P 1/ u V V
§H1^
If you de - sire a new life to be-gin, Let Je-sus come in-to your heart.
Fountains fur cleansing are flowing near by, Let Je-sus come in-to your heart.
If there's a void this world nev-er can fill, Let Je-sus come in-to your heart.
Find what a Friend He will be un- to you, Let Je-sus come in-to your heart.
If you would en-ter the mansions of rest, Let Je sus come in-to your heart.
7"V » ' -0 — * # 0 — r0 — 0 — * — * 0 l m . • m _ — ~ — ^T»— S^T
Chorus.
— 0-. i g rir T— g— »^— l#-
Just now, your Ooubt-ings give o'er; Just now, re-jectHim no more;
Just now, my doubt-ings are o'er; Just now, re-ject-ing no more;
**=
-#-* — r»—
fcqr
U V V V I
R h n r^ Pi
S
-* — a
Just now, throw o - pen the door; Let Je - sus come in - to your heart.
Just now, I o - pen the door And Je - sus comes in - to my heart.
-0 »-
Copyrieht, 1898, by H. L. Gilmour.
J. M. Black.
No. 142. When the Roll is Called Up Yonder.
B.M.J. J. M. B
1 | When thetrnm-pet of the Lord shall sound, and time shall be no more,
' I When the saved of earth shall gath-er o - ver on the oth - er shore,
2 J On that bright and cloud-less morn-ing when the dead in Christ shall rise,
" I When His chos - en ones shall gath - er to their home be-yond the skies,
I Let us la
I Then when all
bor for the Mas - ter from the dawn till set-ting sun,
of life is o - ver and our work on earth is done,
gvfcfozp hi zip
And the morn-incr breaks, e - ter
And the (Omit)
And the glo - ry of His res
And the (Omit)
nal, bright and fair;
ur- rec-tion share, /
Let us talk of all
And the (Omit)
His won-drous love and care;
r
roll is called up
roll is called up
roll is called up
yon - der, Til
>&$-* =
be there.
h- <H — 1/-
-*-&—*
t=
yon
yon -
der. I'll
■ der, When the roll is called up yon
be there, When the roll is called up von - der. I'll be
Copyright, 1893, by Chas. H. Gabriel. J. M I'lack, owner.
Wo. 143.
Sunshine and Rain.
C. H. 6.
Chas. H. Gabribl.
^gf##^s
:±=
1. Had we on - ly sun-shine all the year a-round, With-out the blessing
2. Had we not asor-row or a cross to bear, For Him who bore the
3. Can we prize the sun-shine and de-plore the rain, Re-pin-ing when the
--fc
of re - fresh
Would we scat-ter seed up-on the
ing rain,
refreshing rain,
bur-den of our sin, Would we know the sweetness of His
days are dark and drear? Can we hope for pleasures, yet de-
Would we scat - ter seed
fal - low ground, 'And hope to gath-erfiow-ers, fruit and grain?
love and care, Or, e - ven strive e - ter- nal joys to win?
ny the pain, Or share the joys of life with - out the tear?
iS^r
^
H^^" jF-y- • <!-{» • * %-. — f~H^=
-Ly-
Chorus,
J^—fc-4-
\ Sun-shine and rain, re-fresh-ing, re-viv - ing rain, Light of faith and
\ Sun-shine and rain; to nour-ish the growing grain Send us Lord the
1
love, Show - ers from a - bove! sun - shine and the rain.
F=FHF
S£
W2-
i±
Jt—U 1-
Comiffht, 1902, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
10
Uo. 144. We Will Follow
Thee.
G. A. G.
Geo. A. Griswold.
"if 'W' T -V W -0- "#■
1. To Thee, 0 pure and lov - ing Sav - ior, Our
2. To Thee may we be ev - er faith - ful, As
3. Tho' sin on ev - 'ry hand a-bound-eth, For
4. Till death shall call us to Thy pres-ence, May
Pi^H^P
hum-ble pray'r we raise,
Thou to us hast been,
bid that we grow cold!
we Thy track pur - sue!
W54 —
EE1
£*
J3EJ
fh^r
e»
=}=}:
■A 1 1 1 — d — m-
That we, with all Thy peo-ple, May walk in wisdom's ways; Kept safe a-
Thee on the heart's throne seating, Be-lov-ed, tho' un-seen; Tho' earth may
May each as-sault be front - ed With spir-it calm and bold! When we are
By faith for - ev - er keep -ing The glo - ry-land in view. May we be
-& — 0 — rfi — a
mid the might-y on - rush Of foes with-out, with-in, And wag-ing tire-less-
charm with skill a- maz -ing, May we un-mov-ed be, And find our greatest
wrest ling with the tempt-er, 0 may we find Theenear To save us from the
found a-mong the cho - sen Who look up - on Thy face And ev - er -more sound
ly the war With self and sin.
charm and bliss, Dear Lord, in Thee,
dead - ly grasp Of doubt and fear.
for*h the praise Of sav - ing grace!
^gl-.fg-i—
S Lord Je - sus we will follow Thee, Lord
) Lord Je - sus we will follow Thee, Yes,
^— ^
._j___„4-
:±=
zmmm^mm
-f — f \r-v
we will fol low Thee; Till the dawn-ing ray of the judgment day.
fol low, fol-low Thee; Till the dawn-ing ray of the judgment day,
fctxE
i^^e^p^
Copyright, 1908, by Clias. H. Gabriel.
f— r
tr-p-
We Will Follow Thee.
JP-J I- IV
mmmm
We'll fol-low, fol-low Thee, Lord Je-sus, we will fol-low Thee.
we'll fol-low Thee,
-rp~p-lr-p-i-=t
No. 145.
More Like Jesus.
r
N. P. C.
Nellie Place Chandler.
S
=±
:r:
=J=t±E=zfc
SB
1. As I read the sto - ry old-en, Of the Sav - ior dear to me;
2. Gen- tie, mild, all those for-giv-ing, Who His pard'ning grace did seek;
3. 'Mong the sor - row - ing we find Him, Hope and com-fort did He bring;
4. So my life to Thee I'm bring-ing, Take it Lord, 'tis all my plea;
Of -His life on earth so bless- ed, I would more like Je-sus be.
Tho' a King a-mong the low - ly, Words of love did ev - er speak.
And His love dispelled their darkness, Heav'n bro't near thro' Christ the KingI
Make me kind, for - giv - ing, lov - ing, Make me more and more like Thee.
h
e^^m
LJLjLif
i^2d.
L^ •
h r>
m Chorus.
More like Je - sus, more like Je -sus, Sav -ior hear my ear-nest plea;
A- -*- .. _ _ . _ . * -r_:fiL -r1 -P- ♦ &-
£3=£
*=tl=P=E
^E:E
:t:
'
i^
£— fc-
rit.
er in the path-way That will make m
.f, A A |L i. £ Jl
Keep me ev
the path-way That will make me more like Thee.
.#. J»_ J*. -•»- -fi- M- J».
fr k i> ■»-' *— '— •
Copyright, 1906. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
f
g
1!
No. 146. The Slighted Stranger.
C. H. G.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
fcf
=f
~» # W
1. A Stran -ger stands out - side
2. From lone - ly, dark Geth - sem
3. Yet still He waits and calls
"# » 9
the door, And longs thy Guest to be;
■ a - ne, Thro' Pl-late's hall of shame;
to thee, Al - tho' ye scarce can hear
He knows thy name, for o'er
Up o - ver cru - el Cal
The plead-ing voice, so oft
h
and o'er He soft - ly calls to thee!
va - ry To thee in love, He came!
en has It fall - en on your ear;
J^iM-
His hands are pierc'd, His brow is torn, His face is sad, but sweet—
De - spis'd! re-ject-ed! cru - ci - fled! 0 love, 0 grace un-known,
0 soul a - rise and let Him in, Lest from thy bolt - ed door
^U: 1 ^ ~ 1 i ' J J J-
m
It is the Lord of Par - a - dise! A - rise, thy Sav -ior greet.
That He should still re-mem-ber thee, And claim thee for His own!
In sor-row He should turn a -way, To call for thee no more.
ii. KJ V./i J.J.JU
Chorus.
r
He was wounded for thy transgressions; He was bruis - ed for thy sin;
t=— F-^-« * — * f — *— r~— t— ~£~ — #-rf* -
g i. r ,
Copyright, 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel
The Slighted Stranger.
a^E
-N=?^
-zT-
i
4—4
ppl^gl
Yet He stands at thy heart's door pleading, Why not let thy Sav - ior in?
^i^zc— c-^fe:
=s*^m
p-r — \r~ p-
r
i — r
r
So. 147. Jesus Will Help You.
Wm. Stevenson.
Rev R. Lowrt.
i £-r-^ R— P-iP — P — N-i—n r-N K P ^ _s ■ -. r—.
1. The Sav -ior is call - ing you, sin-ner,— Urg-ing you now to draw nigh;
2. Thro 'Him there is life in be-liev-ing; Sin - ner, 0 why will you die?
3. There's danger in Ion - ger de - lay-ing, Swift - ly the moments pass by;
r~r
^ fs ^ |s
g^^=£^§p1S^
B*
He asks you by faith to re-ceive Him; Je - sus will help if you try.
Ac - cept Him by faith as your Sav-ior; Je - sus will help if you try.
If now you will come, there is mer-cy; Je - sus will help if you try.
-**■ g g_g==^LLJ!-j;±=Tp--£_g_(tl f f I g±g±
=*=t=t=
V-
W
Refrain.
-. — o. # 1 — a
V t V
&E3
3E3
3e3
-^— fc-^-
&ffi
t+zt=3=£
Je - sus will help you, Je - sus will help you, Help you with grace from on high;
§gi^
y~r
2±=r=t
£=t
w=$^-\r-\— rp=g
fTtfeM^t
k— ^— Mr
PS
1— r
-0 ^t-^ fc-k— ^— ^— h-nc s— H-4— r-K s ^ s— Ki n
PL*
The weakest and poorest the Sav-ior is call-ing; Je - sus will help if you try.
t-bz£=:5=
Copyright, 1908, by Mary Runyan Lowry. Renewal. Used by per.
Ho. 148. All Thy Works Shall Praise Thee.
Anon.
I. H.Meredith.
jsgJ^Eg^^p^
-*-\r*-
1. Praise the Lord, ye heav'ns, a-dore Him, Praise Him, angels in the height!
2. Praise the Lord, for He is glo-rious, Nev- er shall His promise fail;
3. Wor-ship, hon - or, glo -ry, bless-ing, Lord we of-fer un-to Thee;
ite®
-4
H
---
tz
m-9-
-4-F-P
5t±
4*-£-
Sun and moon re-joice be-fore Him; Praise Him, all ye stars and light!
God hath made His saints vic-to-rious, Sin and death shall not pre-vail.
Young and old Thy praise ex-press-ing, In glad hom-age bend the knee.
LJtf L-J L^T ■*-
Praise the Lord for He hath spok-en; Worlds His mighty voice o-beyed!
Praise the Lord of our sal-va-tion; Hosts en high His pow'r pro-claim!
All the saints in heav'n a-dore Thee, We would bow be-fore Thy throne;
ffes
m
Chorus*
-M-
*■ 7 f t t 7 f r tr rrf f f
L_r ur r r *r . u r r r
Laws which never shall be broken, For their guidance hath He made.
Heav'n and earth and all cre-a-tion,Laud and magnify His name. We will adore Him
As Thine angels serve before Thee, So on earth Thy will bedone.
^m
and His praises sing, G lad-ly we hail Him as our Lord and King; Tell out the
■1? ir I | — f^^F *H ! I" jH-^-H ■ — i—H-t-f+d j .'"
-•- • . ■#.
* Teach melody of chorus before flavin? upper part on the instrument. If desired girls may
either hum or sing the upper part. If hummed sing a sustained tone for each two measures.
Copyright, 1903. by Tullar-Meredith Co.
All Thy Works Shall Praise Thee.
:te
T
sto- ry of His dy-ing love, Priceless redemption' tis the gift of God a-bove
-» — * — I *• *#
m
»
^rnH-|~1
I
i=E£E
:E:
ffl
Ho. 149.
H. J. Zellet.
Heavenly Sunlight.
*=*:
^±^j=^
y s y
1. Walk-ing in sun-light, all of my jour - ney; 0 - ver the mountains,
2. Shad-ows a - round me, shad-ows a - bove me, Nev-er con - ceal my
3. In the bright sun-light ev - er re - joic - ing, Press-ing my way to
thro' the deep vale; Je" - sus has said, "I'll nev-er for-sakethee,"
Sav - iorand Guide; He is the light, in Him is no dark-ness,
man-sions a - bove; Sing -ing His prais - es, glad - ly I'm walk-ing,
D. S.—Hal
Iv, - jahl I am re -joic - ing,
Fixe. Chorus. ,
Prom-isa di - vine that nev - er can
Ev - er I'm walk - ing close to His side.
Walk-ing in sun - light, sun-lisht of love.
Heav-en - ly sun-light,
-*- -^- -*-
a
is — v
Sing - ing His prais - es, Je - sus is mine.
D.S.
_L
SSI
-p-p-
heav-en -ly sun - light, Flood-ing my soul with glo - ry di - vine;
— £= • — b— t-
—
%±
*.. + + *^V
m
Copyright, 1899, by H. L. Gilmour-
Vo. 150.
Following Jesus.
Eev. Wm. C. Pool.
'&^^m
:fc=f=ft=ta
CHAS. H. UaEHIEL.
I N i
^^f
E«:
1. Following Je-sus, my Shepherd kind, Ev - er a - long the way I find
2. Following Je-sus, He cares for me; Ev-er a pres-ent help is He;
3. Following Je-sus, no grief or care Ev - er is near He does not share;
4. Following Je-sus un - to the end, Glad-ly at last I'll meet my Friend;
- -*- * £=
m
w~w— p.
tP V V * ^=£=£
3^:
V—?~P-
S=£
*
t=$^t
^=*
^
Slip
Treasures a - new from day to day, Heaven for me while on the way.
Lov-ing-ly, gen -tly holds my hand, Leading me on to heaven's land.
Ten-der-ly help-ing when I call, Ev-er sus-tain-ing lest I fall.
I'll hear His voice, His face I'll see, Find a glad wel-corae there for me.
ffi
fc^Efc
S
f±
=t===jz=t=
£
-s
£=£
k=£=fe
Chorus.
e^-jlX^U
f^Sjtl:
Fol-low-ing Je-sus from day to day, Fol-low-ing Je - sus all the way;
*- A A * . *■ T- . *-
I
i
^->
t_i i
,?-
fet
¥
a=i»:
~9 r
fcy ^ ^ k_ £=£
t=b=b:
u p 1/
:t=fc
-p—r- r
£— f^-
n
r
^
E^E
I
Fol-low-ing Je - sus I can say His serv-ice grows sweeter ev-'ry day.
H? r i -I
Copyright, 1908, by Chas H Gabriel.
No. 151. I Love Him Best of All.
Ada Blenkhokn.
Adam Geibkl.
£=^_=£
■m^s33^=^m
1. I love the bright hued flow'rs that bloom With-in the woodland way, I
2. I love the mer - ry warb - ling birds That car - ol all the day, I
3. My cheer-ful home, my hap - py home, I love with all my heart, Where
Female voices. Unison.
mm
£*#=*
•J V V \. -0- w0- -j-. s»- -»•
love the sunbeams warm and bright That with the shadows play , The laughing rills that
love the brigut-wing'd butterflies A-mid the flow'rs at play. The lit -tie rain-drops
all is peace and ]oy with-in, And naught but death can part. But in my heart I
■*- m -*- "p- i'"I -0 0-0- -P- £}»•
*±
u
mmmmm
r r r r
rip - pie by, The trees so strong and tall, But my dear Lord, who lov-eth me,
cool and clear Re-fresh-ing as they fall, But my dear Lord, who lov-eth me,
hear a voice That doth so sweet-ly call, It is my Lord, who lov-eth me,
^±^=r^%^S^-^^0-'0—JAi^0V-f^i
■#-■
r
all, But my dear Lord, who lov-eth me, I love Him best- of all.
best of all,
Copyright, 1901, by Geibel and Lehman. Assigned 1907, to Adam Geibel Music Co,
Ho. 152. To Him That Overcome th
Eleanor W. Long.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
IS
v r, v
1. Are you strong to strive and win in the serv - ice of the Mas-ter? Have you
2. It is ea - sy to en-list when the skies are bright and sun-ny,lt is
3. It is joy to ful - low on where His ban-ners wave triumphant, Where the
4. Oh, the Lord of Life and Love is our strong and might - y Tower, Cap-tain
k V
cour-age to at-tack and to de-fend? For the prom -is- es aregiv'n ,-Un- to
glo-ri-ous to march o'er plains of peace ;But when storm-clouds darkly lower, and the
bu-gle nev - er calls a sad re-treat; But be-ware of hid -den danger, of the
of our great salvation, Brother, Friend; But re - mem-ber that the prize is "To
#...#..♦ | h ft Jl ft K fti
him
way
foe
him
§3?
that o-ver-com-eth;" Then be steadfast, true and faith-ful to
is steep and rug-ged, Let your love and your al-le-giancenev
in am -bush lying, And of pit - falls that a - wait un-wa
that o-ver-com-eth;" Then be steadfast, true and faith-ful to
m t £-±*-
the end.
- er cease.
- ry feet,
the end.
-a— a~ L-r^-i— fr-
k P V t~t v k t
P=P
£:
£=*=£=*=
Chorus
"And
7-C 1
let
■a>
not
him
— 0-i-
that
•
gird - el
h
on
-a-*
his
-a-
har ■
■a>
ness,
H I
r ■
— 1
— 1
1 1 F
\^ a
»
•
* .
a
# •
•
# •
•
•
m
r
r h/
1
1
1
k
V
k
k
k
k
1
1
'Jf — aj
=t=
— 1
K
— tr-
— ft-
— K—
— i
J=
P K
•
-J *— '
£—
-i^-
-*•
— %-
*"•
-5-
=a^=2 —
Let
not
him that
-J:
gird -
h
— p •
-a-
eth
ft
r
a •
on
h
his
ft
— 9
har -
-*•
ness,
ft
■
• • a
Boast him-
* * *
e-v-
—a—
-i — i —
=t=
-*-
=fc=:
-k-
Tv~
X. C
1 1
— a —
-f—p—*
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. H. GabrieL
-J — I
To Him That Overcometh.
— I fc— N
m
33
t=£
fei
tfe&
self as he
cFf— i — i — r—
1
*=£
that put-teth it
J=rf=P±=£
off,
r
As
3
£3E
he that put-teth it off."
£^e
£=£
*=£
"I H— h
ETo. 153.
Mrs. Ltdia Baxter.
Precious Name.
J=^=^=^=F-
pgS^S&g^m
W. H. DOANE.
1. Take the name of Je - sus
2. Take the name of Je - sus
3. 0 the pre-cious name of
4. At the name of Je - sus
-&-
with
ev -
Je -
bow-
mt,
you,
er,
sus!
ing,
03 ^rrf =r=pE:
Child of sor - row and of woe;
As a shield from ev - 'ry snare;
How it thrills our souls with joy
Fall- ing prostrate at His feet,
figil
^
It will joy and com-fort give you, Take it then wher-e'er you go.
If temp-ta-tions round you gath - er, Breathe that ho - ly name in pray'r.
When His lov-ing arms re-ceive us, And His songs o',t tongues em-ploy!
King of kings in heav'n we'll crown Him.When our jour-ney is com-plete.
^EEtee?
t=t=fc
-¥— *■
fee
m
Chorus.
^See^ee*
Pre-cious name, 0 how sweet! Hope of earth and joy of heav'n;
Pre-cious name, 0 how sweet!
£££
£££
«=£
-»-»
S-
n
U k I
±
=t
*=£
rt
sfei::
Pre-cious name, 0 how stweet! . . Hope of earth and joy of h.av'n.
Pre-cious name, 0 how sweet, Low sweet!
§S
0—0
I
ffi££E£E£^333
to— to— to — to # F — l
Copyright, 1808, by W. H. Doane.
r X-
Ho. 154. Following1 the Cross.
James Rowb.
Thdro Harris.
£=#=
5=5:
PI
1. With the cross of Je - sus on re - fore us, In the ar - my of the
2. He who keeps each promise He hath spok-en, Will not leave our trusting
3. Tho' our foes op-pose each fond en-deav - or, Tho' each day our bur-dens
liv - ing God; True to Him whose banner wav-eth o'er us, We are tread-ing
souls a -lone; He •whose shield no dart of sin hath brok-en, Will not fail to
test our strength;Still with faith the cross we'll follow ever, For we know that
•#--*- . _ . . . -f- *- -m-
-0 — V I f
-» — fS 0 — a
1 1 r C ;
h±:
V 9
Chokus.
":|0=B^4S4
*=*=
where the saints have trod, j We'ra marching onward upward.follovring the cross,
safe - ly shield His own. ( We're marching onward, upward. sinking cs we go,
rest will come at length. We're march-ing on-ward. up-ward, march - ing on.
i — r
ft&
On which the Sav-ior suf fered to redeem our loss;With hearts that over-fliw
That all the world our Savior's boundless love may know;And thus until we meet
March-ing on-ward, march - ing on, Marching on,
- -i%\m- -fc-
fy
■*-£r
f=^r
T-:
I
:££===
r
With His un-erdinc praise.His ban-ner we will fol-low all our earthly days;
march-ing on,
bb. A- +-- -0- £ £ £ t: :*: ?: ^ ^
F F r i jkf=g=F?-h F-lv
9-^— §-
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
-*-9~Y
* •-
Following1 the Cross.
Him at the gates a - bove, We will spread the blessed sto-ry of liis love,
march-ing
So. 155.
r "' U U V V 1/
I Eave a Savior.
v v
James B. Kenton.
ft h
Chas. H. Gabriel.
W^$
%
TT
P
-
r
1. I have a Sav - ior most faith-ful and
2. When from His watcli-care per-verse-ly I
3. Heart-broken, hope-less, and- wound-ed and
-+ -5- F -m- -0-
lov - ing, I have a
wan-der, He seeks me and
plundered, He find - cth them
£3e£
f
^£
Sav- ior most ten - der and true; He
brings me by paths that are new To
all and He heal - eth them too; For the
r
guid-eth my foot-steps by
rest in the cov - ert and
ash - es of mourn-ing He
m
*i*
se
i=K
-JSF^r^,
— itf=^
wa - ters un - ruf - fled; He re
peace of His pres - ence, Where
giv - eth them beau - ty, And He
fresh - eth my spir - it — have
safe • ly He hides me — have
saves and ex - alts them — have
you, have you
you, have you
you, have you
Such
Such
Such
a^^
an
a
h
won - der - ful Sav - ior, have
un - chang - ing Sav - ior, have
, glo - ri - ous Sav - ior, have
2? ~
you?
you?
you?
-t^—
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 156.
Alice Jean Cleator.
-K
You are Heeded.
M> — fc-
^-g-y— fH-g-.-— g=8— — l-^^-=J=*-=g-
William W. Bentlet.
^tt fc±
*±=
1. Are you loit - 'ring in the high- way while the har - vest days go by,
2. 0 .how pre-cious are the mo-ments we re-ceive from God a-bove,
3. When the reap - ing time is o - ver, 0 how sweet 'twill bo to know
m
:|!=tf
£
l^
i
=£
-%-*-
-0—0.
¥=*
:g±=t=|ii=j
P^-*^ — * — *— — *— € ^-^»— € ■; — !
£=£
$
:?
:gT
*
zf
£=fc
Join - ing not the song the hap - py reap - ers sing? List - en to the
Yet they each for-ev - er pass on fleet - est wing; Live for some en-
You have faith - ful been, as to the cross you cling! Hast - en then, and
g-g=frx=g=F^ — g-gzczzgzzf _rzz*=g^— f - -r gzz=f±=f
£±t=£=
D. S. — There is work that
1
call for help that loud - ly ech - oes thro' the sky, You are need - ed
no - bling pur-pose; let your life a bless-ing prove, You are need - ed
give to Je - sus ear - nest la - bor here be-low, You are need - ed
#-•#.. . -f- -. -*- -*• -*■ f -#-• - fc
4
£
£
mz
£
v — !H* — V-
must be done, be-fore the set - ting of the sun, You are need ■ ed
FlNE- n™*™.
Efe£
<s\~. —
in the serv-ice of the King! You are need-ed in the serv-ice of the
in the service of the King!
£=*=!
in the
D. S.
-ft— Ei— It=
=P a-.0rP — %^%^0-^£^m-^^^2~ -J— J-.— i=t_ #J_ «__ H 1 1
C pi ♦• ♦ *• ♦ * *^ £p * X
i brinj
King! . . . Come to- day and help the golden sheaves to bring;
seiv-ice ot the King! come to-day.
:fcj=£±==t:
Copyright, 1902, hy Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 157.
Under-Shepherds.
Mrs. C. H. M.
Mrs. C. H. MOERIS.
~-i-
iS
♦ f \!F\ > >
S*
*EB^=E*
1. Christ, the great and lov - ing Shepherd, Came the lost of earth to seek;
2. Un - der-shepherds He has made us, Seek- ing for the lambs a-stray;
3. On the mountains, bleak and bar - ren, Pit - falls ev - er lie in wait;
m
*=
Come to com -fort hearts a-wea - ry, Save the fal - len and the weak,
Gath'r-ing in the sheep who've wan-der'd From the fold of God a -way.
Souls are in them, sink - ing, fall - ing! Save them ere it be too latel
%=*
r
Chorus.
^^^m
y—t
$=U
-?=z
s±
£-*.
^
gs
.s|_4_
Li
L!f
r r
^-f-;
fur*
-0 — j-i — i-
J Under-shep-herds are we, are we, The hosts of earth to win,
\ Under-shep-herds are we, are we, [Omit.]
y. J 1 1 1 ■— r~*— —I 1 ?—t P- *~I l 1 * i i 71
i a, L-a -s — r[ ■ i tz^r — * *
i
B
g^§l^33|
3S
To gath-er the wand'rers in;
3SH^
P-r-
f Out on the mountains of sin thev roam; ">
\ Je - sus is ten-der-ly calling "Come;" {
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H, Gabriel.
No. 158. May I fo Faithful.
C. H. G.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
I _' -^r-1 N . > K-r Ni i- It
t) -m- •*• -m- -a- -« ---
1. The Master has gone to a dis-tant country And left me a charge to keep,
2. There's labor for rne that no oth-er can do, A place I a - lone can fill;
3. Shall oth-ers go forth to the field of harvest While I with the i-dlers stand?
4. The day that shall break for my Lord's appearing, He hath not revealed to me,
:z.
\f U V
H— V^-W-
te
IS
A work in His vineyard, a field for reapmg, A shepherd to guard His sheep.
Then why should I not be among the chosen, Re-joic-ing to do His will?
The tal-ent He gave me, shall I not use it, In fol-low-ing His com-mand?
Yet if He but find me a faith-ful servant A glo-ri-ous day 'twill be.
■— -d — — f ' J #— • - ' ! h- -^
F?:
p " f u
May I be faith-ful un-to the trust He assigned me; Con - stant in
Constant in heart and in
i TtTl ^ f ' v ^
--0-b-k-J r-r s^A-^ fci — I— -I H 1 n~*
I3Z
service, Earnest in all that I
do; May I be faithful! Out in the
7^ *— P— rm— *— *— ! — e— ?»r-»-^r»— -• — »~r»- r
fe'^^fe^
field may He find me, When He re-turn-eth, pa-tient and loyal and true
Irw *— * — *— r»^— »— r'—-+ — •—-•—-» — r» r * — * — 2 — P P r# T #-n
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. GabrieL
Ho. 159.
Lead Me Savior.
F. M. D.
With expression.
F. M. Davis.
£=*:
FFFf
*r
^^t
£*Ef
£=
1. Sav-ior, lead me, lest I stray, Geu-tly lead me all the
2. Thou, the refuge of my soul When life's stormy bil-lows
3. Sav-ior, lead me, then at last, When the storm of life is
1. Sav - ior, lead me. lest I stray. Gen
tee
Fy
,,
£
Fr=FF
*-*
^ V V
$m
t—K
w-
9
rrrrr
way;
roll;
past,
lead me all the way:
"5
» 0 0 0 0-
v ^ p \> r
-0—0—0 f •
I am safe when by Thy side,
I am safe when Thou art nigh,
To the land of end-less day,
I am safe when by Thy side,
-f2- ■#- -*-
A A- A £:
-v — *— k — i ^
Chorus.
-1 i
rrr^t
I would m Thy love a - bide.
All my hopes on Thee re - ly.
Where all tears are wiped away.
I would in Thy love a - bide.
Si
+=£
-0- A
=c
hp=i=pa=»:
Lead me, lead me,
J *> V V 1
trav
Sav - ior, lead me, lest I
stray; Gen - tlydown the stream of
lest I stray;
-*- ■+- A A A
Mf^m^
#f
I
V V
f
^=#=6=6=
=F=*
r;Y.
^»=
0
^^^S
-s::
S§Et
s$
f * ' f
time, Lead me, Sav-ior, all the way.
stream of time, all the way.
JL -P- .#_ -#_ Jt. JL JL
£=:*=pf=$i=>— r*—
£=£
b:
all the way.
-E3B
From "Carols of Joy". By per.
No. 160. Are You on the Lord's Side?
Mrs. Julia A.Williams.
m
&=£=*
Chas. H. Gabbiel.
mm^mm^m^
1. Are you on the Lord's side, Stand-ing for your King? Tithes of dai - ly
2. Are you on the Lord's side, Ev - 'ry-where you go? Tell-ing sin-ners
3. Are you on the Lord's side, Does the Mas - ter know That He can de-
— 0 — '^=fe — S — r>==£ — C^E —
m^
=£
v-t — r
-p-r
&
toe
*• tjl :£. ♦ • * #
E
F*: Hi j.
Cg
serv • ice tc The Mas - ter do you bring? Day by day o - be-dient
of the blood That wash - es white as snow? Un-disraayed, cour-age-ous
pend on you To ei - ther stay or go? Are you well con-tent -ed
£=£=£
f?
fe£
fe£
£=fe=t
*=£=&
-p-r
J L
U3
^---^
i±S^E
*
%
=*$==&=£
To di-vine command, Marching on tri-umph-ant To the heav'n-ly land?
Tho' the world may frown; Winning souls for Je - bus Means a star - ry crown.
His own time to wait— Eead-y yet to press the Bat - tie to the gate?
■v — *-v
Chorus.
I am on the Lord's side, Not ashamed to own Je - sus as my Mas-ter,
I am on the Lord's side! 0 what joy to know (Omit)
f — rf -*-* — * -•— r»— £ r^-S- fr g ; .J- t f ■
tEFE3zE=ii^feEE=rh=?E»±E*=*=&
fcbd
And my heart His throne; That our great Commander Conquers ev - 'ry foe.
-J^-^-l ^Fp — |^ — '^ p: u — E=£ — £
Copyright. 1908 by Chas. H Gabriel
F
Ho. 161. Never Say Ho, When the Master Calls.
. it
H. L F.
Henry L. Frisbie.
TT-
*?
't-
-K-
3=T
:^=cj
1. Wher-ev - er my pathway of
V-
Ss£*
m
i-t
du - ty leads, Thro' sands of the des-ert, or
2. If dark-ness or sun-shine be 'round my way, To ev - er be faithful, my
3. If in - to the bat-tie, or called to stand And wait with my ar-mor and
4. He nev - er Jcr-sakes me, my strength and song! No serv-ice a bur-den, no
JL- J2- -*- JL JL JL. 42. ft. -*■-#-.
Cf '
r-l P*— 1 1
1 — i
r— 1 —
J I
h h .
'/I tt~ l m ~\ J
— 1 1 1 0 m-
— 4 —
1 — 1
1
-I Sj-
~ *r~ *rA
CaAri — *— ^— 2—
-0-. — 0 — * 1 9—
— 0 —
0-
— 0~~
s J
-h—r-H
gf- — ^ — * — ' —
fra-grant meads, 0 may I be faith-ful,
Lord, I pray; In low - li- est cot-tage
sword in hand, His will shall be mine, for
strug-gle long! His care is a-round me
.p. £2- JL. JL- JL JL. .0- JL
J3§_£ U^ |__f|i^_|i_j*_ji «_
what
or p
no c
like s
JL
ev -
roud
an -
hel-
JL
0
er
-est
ger
ter-
i
be -falls,
of halls,
ap - palls
ing walls,
JL
9 #— '
May I
May I
If I
If I
— * — * — i
— » — 0 —
m^=*=f—*=4t—^
Y0—
1=
— 9—
— * \s>-
—I
I I
-^ Chorus.
:r:
±E£
Zr^r
nev-er say no, when the Mas -ter calls. May I nev-er say no , when the
15
1
— #i
l=S
-*-= — #-
:-
:*=£=]
»=c
^ U
>r=*
Mas-ter calls, May I nev-er say no, when the Mas-ter calls; What-ev-er it
+ 42- JL JL A
J*. _£?_
«
* — *-
==£
r
*
Sfe
1^=*:
ibzzb:
■4—m-
Zt
a:
r-
i
be He re-quires of me, May I nev-er say no, when the Master calls.
-•- -(2- -*■ -(=- „ „ Is
0^—0—*-
~»~~g
If- 1
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
No. 162. "Yes" to God's Will.
Mrs. C H. M.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
* y
1. This stub-born will of mine Al-might-y Lord sub-due, Take Thou my
2. Let Thou no al - ien loves hence-forth u-surp Thy throne; With-in my
3. Just as the wear-ied dove fold-eth her wings to rest, I sink in-
?43E
r
E
sin - ful heart and form it all a - new; Thy pleas-ure Lord
yield-ed heart reign Thou supreme, a -lone; To all I am
to Thy love, 1 lean up - on Thy breast, To Thee com-mit
J i f ,^3_J '
for me,
or have
my way,
-3 — S-
K— fe-J
I seek to know and do, Thy will, oh make it
Thy sov'reigu right I owe, Thy will, oh make it
in Thee am sweet - ly blest, Thy will, oh Lord is
iss^
f — s-
—L
Chorus.
S=^i=r
zqzz
-• —
1=^
--* *
£=£=*:
\r~V
E=^EE3=J=J
"Yes, yes, yes,'
AAA
one great e - ter - nal "yes;" To all the will of
Pt$=5
^t—i=i=j-
^==m=^^s
God for me my heart says "yes; "Where ev-er He may lead me, I'll
i^^^
t=$r=±p=W.
Copyright, 1908. by Chas. H. Gabriel.
y V
"Yes" to God's Will.
trust His faithfulness; To all the will of God for me my heart says "yes."
fcttrp=p=p=^F=^Et=p=^=^=|ir-i?— I' E H _| — 51
No. 163.
Sweeter Than All.
Johnson Oatman. Jr.
J. Howard Entwisle.
mx
Christ will me His aid af-ford,
1 will fol-low all the way, Hear-ing
Tho' a ves - sel I maybe, Brok-en
When I reach the cry-stal sea, Voic - es
-»-
to fall, nev - er to fall,
Him call, hear-ing Him call,
and small, brok-en and small,
will call, voic-es will call;
JH*=*
:p:
w3
fr=E=£=
0-1— r* # * *-i-
r*
^
J— h_iP=j=l4L-^_.|S , q
*P1
While I find my pre-cious Lord Sweet-er
Find-ing Him from day to day, Sweet-er
Yet His bless-ings fall on me, Sweet-er
But my Sav-ior's voice will be Sweet-er
■t — i s— H-
-0-
than all, sweet-er than all.
than all, sweet-er than all.
than all, sweet-er than all.
than all, sweet-er than all.
fcfc
Chorus.
f=F
EESE&
V 1/ V
Je - sus is now and ev - er will be Sweeter than all the world to me;
U u v i — V
N* *J.
-0—0^-
muu$4tt&2iM*m
-ti-0—-
p=3=$— J — J— ^ — #=*-i-1:i — * — d — 0-^2
m
Since 1 heard His lov - mg call, Sweet-er than all, sweet-er than all.
i
UUP
Copyright, 1900, by J H. Entwisle. J. J. Hood, owner.
No. 164.
Hosanna.
Charlotte G. Homer.
SAMUEL W. BEAZLEY
1. As nigh un - to Je - ru - sa - lem in tri-umph Je - sus came,
2. Tho' not with sword of con-quest, not with scep-ter in His hand,
,*3. Un - til His praise shall fill the earth, and ring from shore to shore,
i i i i « 4 « 4
The
The
Sal-
ZLj"
tr-
:q:
±^n
t-f-n
B
A — I — I— j— r-U^j— j — +— m — ,— ,-— , ,
mul - ti - tude that throng'd His way sang prais - es to His name; "Ho-
Lord Je - ho - vah reign-eth, and hath giv - en His com-mand; Not
va - tion's wondrous sto - ry we will pub -lish o'er and o'er; We'll
-j-TJ— rj—' HA v? • hri
mm
j -F
^
4-J-H-H—
^■— r
3— fl=:fl=fl=S
3 — J — cq+L^^^-^
-1 1*
«:
i£
--V
rp
.<??.
san - na to the Son of David!" rang with one ac - cord,
praise a - lone should be the trib-ute un - to Him we bring,
tell of Him whose love and grace re-deem'd us from the fall,
4
'Be-
But
Till
hold the King that com - eth in the name of the Lord!"
faith-ful, will - ing serv-ice ren-der un - to the King. Ho -san - na!
all men ev - 'ry-where shall crown Him Sav-ior of all. Ho-san-na to the
-H-4 I 1 -I h 1 e).-r-T\ r>— fr-fc-fc-
^^- — 1 — 1— 1 — i-
t
3
f='rrri
mm
9/9-
S3
Jzij-Jzdd
-I
S
~rrrf~
we to - day u - ni - ted cry; Ho - san-na to the King of kings who
Son of David we u - ni - ted sing;
^S3
t=^
1~
SS=S£
-4—0-
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H Gabriel.
r~r
Hosanna.
3=^
reigns a - lone; In roy - al splen - dor He is passing
reigns in right-eous-ness a - lone! In roy - al splen-dor He is pass-ing by, is
■#■-#-■#■ fe#- ■*• -0- ■#■ ■#- -*- •**- -f*- « ^ j ■•-
3S
5*
# — #-
T=i=f
*
T
I
4-
by!
pass-ing by!
3 glo - ries kno\
P
1
r
i — r — r
r
No. 165. More Love to Thee, 0 Christ.
Elizabeth Prentiss.
William H. Doank.
^^P^S^ISip^
1. More love to Thee, 0 Christ! More love to Thee; Hear Thou the
2. Once earth-ly joy I craved, Sought peace and rest; Now Thee a-
3. Let sor-row do its work, Come grief or pain; Sweet are Thy
4. Then shall my lat - est breath Whis - per Thy praise, This be the
J.
B
I
^
^
=£t
1 ')
*z=&
prayer I make On bend - ed knee; This is my earn - est plea,
lone I seek, Give what is best: This all my prayer shall be,
rues - sen-gers, Sweet their re-frain, When they can sing with me, —
part - ing cry My heart shall raise; This still its prayer shall be:
te
s
-& W — 6^-tIm — 5T— W—
m
^
IX
£33
m
V
r±
-£--
ssa
More love, 0 Christ, to Thee, More love to Thee, More love to Thee!
t=f=:
t:
£33
TZZtEE
II
C( pyright property of W. H. Doane.
r=
Ho. 166. The Song in the Air.
Charlotte G. Hombr.
1. There's a song that floats on the air, Hear it ring-ing!
2. From the dis-tant isles of the sea, Hear it ring-ing!
3. Loud - er, clear-er sounds the re-frain, Hear it ring-ing!
Chas. H. Gabriel.
P-fVEj g-i — ■ 1
Hr^F 3 m— <
Ech-oesfrom it
Of His throne and
New recruits are
ra*
^^
qt :t-3t
-"-
fe
ri r r r '
G±£:
=£
Mck
— h-^ — p-| — s — i — *^rT-p— "=-i — i — , * ''* • «l-*-j
wake ev - 'ry-where, Sweetly singing!
kingdom to be Sweetly singing!
join - ing the strain, Sweetly singing!
3=
'Tis the song of the faithful band Who
From the fields, heavy yet withdew,From
They shall shine in the courts above, Who
E=e=e=£
=^^^3
Si
hastened forth at the King's command, In - to the field, and with willing hand Are
by-ways, high-ways and hedges, too, Rings out the song from ths faithful who Are
faith - ful un - to the end shall prove, Who pa-tient-ly, who in hope and love Are
- * ,ffff,, , , ._^_. ,.?f
f^d^SMl
J+S=t
gleaning for the Lord.
m
£=,
Join .... the happy strain, 0 sing
Join the strain, join the hap-py strain, glad refrain,
g^iZ&yi^B
i — t
f=t
i — i — ^
e^s
£E
|__l. — | — 4—4-
t-t-
s
ir*-J
the glad re-frain; No longer in the market places i - dly stand and
Sing the glad refrain;
Copyright, 1908, hy Chas. H. Gabriel.
The Song in the Air.
igiigp^^iipiii
m
t— r
wait, But has-ten to the field and reap be - fore it
&IEJ:
E
£e£
be too late.
P^^iS
No. 167.
fT
He is Calling.
i — r
W. C. Martin.
H. A. Henry.
1. Gea - tly wea - ry one, and sweet-ly,
2. Je - sus knows all storms that try thee,
3. Bound by sin, and oft - en fall • ing,
4. Do not doubt Him! He is strong-er
I | I
8=5
3
-s^ m— -^ J
Je - sus now is call -ing thee;
As they vexed blue Gal - i - lee;
Thcu art long - ing to be free;
Than the pow -ers griev-ing thee;
^_ p-^— *=;
^
£=
&=2
P=3-
*
3
3=a=3=
1:
^^p
f -^ ♦ ■+■ -»- ~ ' " ~ ■*■ -&■>
He will rest tby soul com-plete-ly, And He whis-pers "Come to Me."
Thro' the shad-ows He draws nigh thee, Soft - ly call -ing "Come to Me."
He who breaks those bonds is call - ing Gen -tly call-ing "Come to Me."
Come to Je - sus, wait no long-er, Hear Him say- ing "Come to me."
I
^^m
em
is call - ing, call - ing, call-ing,
ill „ A -f2- A f- ■&-
Je -
V^rS- (-g>-
sus now
re-
call - ing thee;
-f2- A- & -
t=t
3
^
i
§^^1^1=^
:,:
^':
Sweet-ly say-ing,"Come to Me.
^=^1
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Ho. 168.
E. E. Hewitt.
Life's Golden Jewels.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
ip^P^pppi^!ip?I§
1. Count all life's eold - en jew -els
2. Count, if you can the ros - es
3. Be - hold the paths of serv-ice,
-#-i — •-
^^=:pz=p
1 — \r
:c
that spark-le ev
that blos-som in
that wid - en as
— * — •-
— » — p—
-|-T t=
:=t=
er-more; Count all the
the way, The sunbeams
we go, The pre-cious
- t~0
T~r~r~ ?~t?
^-ti-i— j— f=t^-«-^«-«
&
drops of sweet-ness in cups now run-ning
of His mer - cy that bright-en ev - 'ry
seed He gives us, and fields where-in to
o'er,
day;
sow;
The bless-ed words of
The dew-drops of re-
Why not be glad and
?—fL-h*
±
JLZ
t=tz:
BE
-4—±-\-
prom - ise in God's own Ho - ly
fresh -ing, the hours of star - ry
thank -ful, since God is reign-ing
Book;
light;
still?
see
see
see
His love,
His love,
His love,
O see His
0 see His
0 see His
0-. 0 * 0 0 0 — ±t# — rdT^-d d—rm m — | Mr — i *
Chorus.
;M=fr
ssi
EST
±Fp:
rJ
r^
+:
F=
r
^s-. -S-.-3- -0- itt^r
love wher-e'er you look:
love by day and night: And then march on re-joic-ing in His
love, and do His will: And then march on, march bold - ly on, re - joic - ing
■ ,_ ,^Lj^_J==FJ^^j=^1U^-J-i^H=1=1
love . . . In joy - ful
in His love, In joy - ful song,
song, ex
joy - ful song, ex
alt the King a - bove;.
alt the King a - bove;
fcf=E
:*=
Copyright, 1008, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Life's Golden Jewels.
0 then, march on, to tri-umph in His name;
0 then march on, march bold - ly on to tri - umph in His name;
With heart and voice His won - drous love pro-claim.
With heart and voice, with heart and voice His won - drous love pro - claim.
d=t
m
S
,:
No. 169.
EBP^
fcE
b—£J-
±:
Pass Me Hot.
Fanny J, Ceosby.
W. H. Doane.
4— -L-fc:
1. Pass me not, 0 gen -tie Sav - ior, Hear my hum-ble cry; While on
2. Let me at a throne of mer - cy Find a sweet re - lief; Kneel-ing
3. Trust-ing on - ly in Thy mer - it, Would I seek Thy face; Heal my
4. Thou the Spring of all ray com-fort, More than life to me, Whom have
IS
':
^=r==£=F=f=S=*
&=^=£
t
I
Chords.
oth - ers Thou art call - ing, Do not pass me by.
there in deep con -tri - tion, Help my un - be - lief,
wounded, bro-ken spir - it, Save me bv Thv grace.
I on earth be - side Thee? Whom in heav"n but Thee?
Sav-ior, Sav -ior,
Hear my humble cry; While on oth-ers Thou art call-ing, Do not pass me by
Used by per. of W. H. Doanc owner of copyright,
§pa
No. 170.
Sowing-Heaping.
Mrs. C. H. M.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
1. Sow the seed, the pre-cious seed,
2. Je - sus watch - es as we sow
3. Toil - ing days will soon be o'er,
0 - ver val - ley hill and plain,
Seed up - on the fer - tile soil,
Reap -ing time is draw-ing near,
That the gar-ners may be filled With the gold-en, ri-pened grain; While the
Nurtures it to make it grow And re-wards us for our toil. Ma - ny
Shall we emp - ty hand - ed be When the Mas-ter doth appear? Fields are
h_*. ^ A A
L — V-+ » — * » * —
sun is shin-ing bright, With an ev - er - will- ing hand Seeds of righteous-
fields are ly-ing waste Where the weeds and tares have gnwn;Root them out and
white to har-vest now, Let us thrust the sick- le in, Ma - ny pre-cious
te£+^=tfz=£
£
tei
fcS
3E
-f=±:
'! — fr
Chorus. In two parts.
&A — -I — r
mm^s^m
ness and truth Scat-ter broadcast o'er the land,
now, to - day, Let thegos-pel seed be sown,
sheaves to bring, And the Lord's ap-prov-al win.
t=£
-*—t
Sow - ing, reap - ing,
-P-
^m
=t=
h J* h Nr-4-
g^^sfe
3E
=3±
:3=:
:±z^i
=Sj=|:Mj=JZ-
Sowing the seeds of the kingdom, Sow - ing, reap - ing, For the glad
1 » 1- 0—i »- 1 9- r0-
It-
Copyright. 1908. by Chas. II. Gabriel.
Sowing-Reaping.
-J 4-
-l u-=^-i m- — m
:±
4-M^
J3=H^M
f-f-tr
§£!
"Har-vest home." Sow - ing, reap - ing, Sowing the seeds of the
■f- f- f- *-
♦— i — •— i p— i — #-
-m$=f
-£-£— I?--* l> I — V-
=p^=£
-1-
Parts,
&*4
king-dom, La-den with sheaves, golden sheaves, May it be ours to come.
«**•- -f f f J J*,
-i — P-i*t
=*£
l=:
«
(Li..
** — p — M-
:=£:
^
B=E
I
Ho. 171.
Hearer, Still Hearer.
Mrs. C. H. M.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
1. Near-
2. Near-
3. Near'
4. Near-
er, still near-er, close to Thy heart, Draw me, my Sav-ior, so
er, still near-er, noth -ing I bring, Naught as an of-f'ring to
er, still Dear-er, Lord, to be Thine; Sin, with its fol-lies, I
er, still near-er, while life shall last, Till safe in glo - ry my
-rf\^ i jflgy-r-rF
§S
pre-cious Thou art; Fold me, 0 fold me close to Thy breast, Shel-terme
Je - sus, my King; On - ly mysin-ful, now contrite heart, Grant me the
glad - ly re-sign; All of its pleasures, pomp and its pride, Give me but
an - chor is cast; Thro' endless a - ges ev - er to be Near-er, my
ir
m
t^^
t
*=
£
fee
fcr
E^
*=*
r-#-
1 1
-$&%--
Si
3^=.
J— L_i
W*&&=$
£
2^
3^3
*=;
i-s
safe in that "Haven of Rest," Shel-terme safe in that "Haven of Rest."
cleansing Thy blood dovh impart, Grant me the cleansing Thy blood doth impart.
Je - sus, my Lord cru-ci-fied, Give me but Je-sus. my Lord cru-ci-fied.
Sav - ior, still near-er to Thee, Near-er, my Sav-ior, still near-er to Thee.
-fSZ. JS.
JKEfct
Copyright, 1898, by H. L. Gilmour.
No. 172.
Eleanor Allen Scheoll.
t-t-f
My Savior's Face.
J
J:
Chas H Gabriel.
«
#— #
-0—0-
1. I should like to have looked in the dear Savior'3 face Long a - go, in the
2. I should like to have looked in the dear Savior's face, Full of pit- y and
3. I should like to have looked in the dear Savior's face, Full of love, ten-der
In a calm, peaceful slumber was He. But from calmness to firmness His
And the blind man was seen by the way. Did the throng standing by know 'twas
And He blest them each one, long a -go. His eye beamed so kindly, as
KeE
^0
i-t
g-f^=£=P— l^-U-k
55=i-5r=EL— L— L
n—r
-*— v
±=±=t=j
S33E^
3=3
$=t=
S=*
um^
face quickly changed Wnen they woke Him and told Him their fear;Then He spoke with a
Je - sus, my Lord?Did they deem it a priv-i-lege rare Just to see His kind
each lit - tie lamb He held in His ten-der em -brace, And that fath-er-ly
Ulli
m
J
',
will and the tempest was still — Oh! I wish that I might have been near,
smile, as He lingered a while? Oh! I wish that I might have been there,
smile beamed on them for a while — Oh! that I might have seen that dear face!
» o * • -p -p- -P
rl 1 1 1 1 ' r—
g^^i
r— I t 1
[ r c 1 k* p p p p p t' H
p u i/
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Chorus.
My Savior's Face.
-*--*-
-rrerr*
I Just to catch but a glimpse of His grace, \
S. k look on His won-der-ful face,
R ^ catch but a glimpse of His grace.
P-ir1'
-y—fr
i3^
On that beau-ti - ful
*=>
k; k
^
-*--*
S»fe-h *
k ▼ ^iy
shore 'Twill be joy ev - er-more Just to look on the dear Sav - ior's face.
p- -m- p- p- p-
f f ,f f f f -_"_! _A
«H — p-^-
£=p:
:fl» »
£
£e£
^ — p — t? — j? — p — f
So. 173.
1/ u
k I tf 0
Hear the Cross.
Fanny J. Crosby.
W. H. Doabb.
1/ - I
1. Je - sus, keep me near the cross;There a pre-cious fount-ain, Free to all — a
2. Near the cross,a trembling soul, Love and mer-cy found me;There the bright and
3. Near the cross, 0 Lamb of God, Bring its scenes before me; Help me walk from
4. Near the cross I'll watch and wait, Hoping.trusting ev - er, Till I reach the
rxj- *
heal-ing stream — Flows from Calv'ry's mountain.
Morn-ing Star Sheds its beams around me. In the cross, in the cross, Be my
day to day With its shad-ow o'er me.
gold -en strand, Just be-yond the riv - er.
i — V
P^HH
S±Ej±ES
r*lF
%
TT
glo - ry ev-er, Till my rap-tured soul shall find Rest be-yond the riv - er
,SW- — *- -*-U»-4- =5= 43=^s_ t» *-*—p
*r r
Copyright property of W. H. Doane.
1 — rt
Ho. 174.
Rouse Ye, Reapers!
Dr. E. T. CASSEL.
E. T. and F. H. CASSEL.
1. Lo! the sum-mer sun is spreading gold up-on the grain! Countless fields are
2. Cries for help are corn-ing from the fields in foreign lands; Oh, the work that
3. Soon for you the har-vest time will pass be-yond re -call; Soon a day of
*
§£iS^^
s£EE£g
r^-
$=*
£l
^=&fc
^^
fcjzz
J^zJ=J^=Jzzti^
-0—
roll - ing like the bil - lows of the main; All the air is vi-brant with a
must be done! where are the will-ing hands? Halt-ing while the Master calls is
reck - on - ing will come to one and all; Bearing sheaves or emp-ty handed
Chorus.
:to^=
k. K. k V L-HUKUS.
— 1— r-N— | £— I— r~^— a P1 — fe— i — r-b-rrr-.
sharp and earnest call, Rouse ye, reapers, there is work for all.
lit - tie short of crima, Rouse ye, reapers, this is har-vest time.
is for you to say, Rouse ye, reapers, har-vest is to-day.
M
Behold!
behold!
~1
^!5
■f
the fields are wav-ing
the fields are wav-ing sig - nal
fe
*
:*S:
nal calls to thee! A
calls to thee!
rise!
A - rise!
rise! A storm is brooding on the sea, And if you fal
A Btorm is brood - ing
1. m.J2.Jt.}
i
F=P:
-*--*-
— f— -*-r#. n is fc— P — •*-
Copyright, 1907, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
}*^==£=£
House, Ye Reapers!
§^i§
$-lV— \
$— k-±
e^=^#
-0—0
££s
1
lay, And precious grain be swept a-way, What will the Lord of har-vest say I
is
f- Ji J. tj h. Mt^/.J*
I
*y£*
fck:
:rz
i
r
Ho. 175. A Little Christian Soldier.
Jambs Eowe.
JA_«t
Chas. H. Gabriel.
"S;fe±::S:
*-* — 0 -l — — — 4 \ \ i 0 — « — • * « 'g. J*^-11
1. Just a lit-tle Chris-tian sol-dier, Fighting for my King a- bove;
2. Just a lit-tle Chris-tian sol-dier, But in courage I shall grow,
3. Just a lit-tle Chris-tian sol-dier, Yet I nev-er dream of loss,
4. Just a lit-tle Chris-tian sol-dier, But, if faithful in the strife,
?i
M^k
i * $<-%-,
! , Y0
5^
^»0*
0 0^0-
&JL
*± •
±
-*^t-
%*
iH
i --0-
y_
£=£s
J-±
3E
;—
II _ ~- -w- I
I am bravely marching onward, In the sunshine of His love.
And if I am true to Je-sus, I shall o-ver-come the foe.
For my soul each day is shielded, In the shad-ow of the cross.
I shall some day be a he-ro, And shall wear a crown of life.
'J.
i — n — i , 1 l , — , — ,j — -n^-E-
Chorus. By full school.
ft Tl * — #— * — # — # — # FV
>V h > . I I-
E?=T
m
Just a lit-tle Christian sol-dier, But determined.brave and true,
sol-dier, brave and true,
^ — *
'JL&
3^
S?
v-
Fight-iDg for the King of glo - rv, Ev- er loy - al thro' and thro'
^
* * 0 — 0 0— u | r — |- » — »
r
Copyright, 1907, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
&t*:--
Ho. 176.
Who Knows.
Quartet (or Trio for Sop. Alto and Tenor) with Chorus.
Mrs. C. H. Morris.
V % It
1. Ah, who knows but the seed you are sow - ing
2. Tho' with fear and with trembling 'twas spoken,
3. And who knows but the cup of cold wa - ter
4. For the Lord of the har-vest is watch-ing,
-« - = I . *
Elisj=si-HI_E-
t=%
Tho' it may be with
Yet who knows but that
You have giv - en to-
And He send-eth the
sigh-ing and tears, Will to glo - ri-ous fruit-age be grow-ing, To be
one ten-der word Caused to vi-brate some heart-string long broken, And a
day in His name, In the sight of the Mas-ter was great-er Than the
sun-shine and rain And what-ev - er of serv-ice we're bringing It shall
S
fe^
f**=
-f— r-n
J=J
S
IS|gi^|
:s=s-
reap d in the swift coming years? Who
soul may have won for your Lord? Who
cost - li - est gift you could claim? Who
nev-er be giv - en in vain. Who
■S-S-i
m
-m-
i
^2-
knows, . . Who knows,
knows, . . Who knows,
knows, . . Who knows,
knows, . . Who knows,
Who knows, Who knows,
feS*
t=
g
fe£
Chorus,
To be reap'd thro' the swift coming years.
And a soul may have won for your Lord. For the Lord of the harvest is
Than the cost-li - est gift ye could claim.
It shall nev - er be giv - en in vain. .m. _+.
■•■mm ~ -r- £ *-• * f-
watching, He will nur - ture the grain and will cause it to grow
is watching, -m- -m- -»-. 9 -m- m- -m- -m- -m-
1 I « -f-— m. t- f ri»^ — » — :&= — =fiT — •— -V— rX— •-
n
r
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Who Knows?
-*— &<=?& — 0-
xr
■0 — 0 — 4—,
It is thy work the seed to be sow-ing, And God will the in-crease give;
m
jt *_
3=C
±J&J&L
o
~-&Z?&~-
|S^^^3EB3
-j^A.
i
t
■p- -r rT
It is thy work the seed to be sow-ing, And God will the in-crease give.
S-'P i» •
*=?^^=h
m
No. 177. Footprints of Jesus.
Mes. M. B. C. Sla.de.
A. D. Everett.
1. Sweetly, Lord, have we heard Thee calling, Come, fol-low me!
2. Tho' they lead o'er the cold, dark mountains. Seek-ing His sheep;
3. If they lead thro' the tem -pie ho - ly, Preaching the word;
4. By and by, thro' the shin- ing por-tals, Turn-ing our feet,
And we
Or a-
Or in
We shall
^::#:
Chorus.
I
see where Thy foot-prints falling, Lead us to Thee.
long by Si - lo-am's fountains, Helping the weak. Footprints of Jesus, that
homes of the poor and low -ly, Serv-ing the Lord.
walk, with the glad immortals, Heav'n's golden streets.
0 *.j!—M—£l m m , , _ 0.
?ztr
h
$=£p—*—*Z
V
p
I
0r-*r-*r—^ I J ^hi
JZZM
5
r— 0 — <si
makethe pathway glow;We will follow the steps cf Jesus, Where'er they go.
0_0^0 ■•-
-0ZZ0HJ0
wb .u— ■ — i 1 »—
s
3ttc
^
r
No. 178. Keep Praying and Trusting.
C. H. G.
.4 L
Chas. H. Gabriel.
*=fe3iiiEi=i
=HFt
1. Keep pray-ing and trust-ing, there's no time for re- pin-ing, The Fa-ther
2. Keep pray-ing and trust-ing, tho' wild the tem-pest rag- es, Tho' dark-ness
3. Keep pray-ing and trust-ing in what-so - ev - er sta-tion The Mas - ter
m
^=p
is gra-cious-ly watch-ing o-ver all; Just yon-der a - bove you the sun is
and dan-ger at - tend thy stormy way; Be pa-tient and loy - al! the tempest
in wis-dom,has called you to fulfill; ''With fear and with trembling woik out your
+—
:*_£
■fc=£=
V
EE
j | _!_ I I ' ! \_ I
:x
1 J J
bright-ly shin-ing! Be brave and cour - a-geous, you shall not faint or fall,
but pre - sa - ges The dawn-ing in beau-ty of an un-cloud-ed day.
own sal- va-tion," Con-tent and re-joic-ing to do His ho-ly will.
HE^
tEEE^EE?
IE
-»- -m- +m
±1 i i
Chorus.
i
j-g— 3
Keep pray-ing at your du - ty, And trust-ing as you pray; Accept with thanks-
m m tej3- -&-• ■•• -•- ts>- -•»
S"
■:■
EEE
I I I
&T
r
-— h
i=fiE^E3
_| 1 | , , I , ] , | H-r-l 1 j j-T-j ! , ,
v - - r
giv-ing what-e'er thy Lord may send; He'll fill with joy and beau-ty The
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
Keep Praying and Trusting.
4
i
iiii
daik-est hour of day, He'll guide you,and keep you, and love you to the end.
aS>-- -P- -f- f2- -*- -0- -Gh ■*- • + * m
£3 ^#^E|
~^
i--| . i — r
No. 179.
C.L. B
-F—&-
m
In That City.
I
p-
m
Chas. L. Butler.
1. O'er death's sea,
2. Here we've no
in yon blest cit-y There's a home for ev-'ry-one,
a-bid-ing cit-y, Man-sions here will soon de-cay;
3. I have loved ones in that cit - y, Those who left me years a - go;
4. T'ward that pure and ho - ly cit - y Oft my long-ing eyes I cast;
^ ^i -f— -1 — ' -r— -i — ^ — L » —
<m
«c
*=Z-
x:
:k=
EEE££
=t
$
-m 2^ — a 1 — 4
r—p-
s
l±
*=£
Pur-chased with a price most cost-ly; 'Twas the blood of God's dear Son.
But that cit - y God's built flrm-ly, It can nev - er pass a - way.
They with joy are wait-ing for me, Where no fare- well tears e'er flow.
Je - sus whis - pers sweet-ly to me, Heav'n is yours when earth is past.
t
pEE=I±zt=fEf=M
~b~j — b~~ 9 — 9-r-\- p — # — j&- — ! — j
:£=£
=f
*
#
Chorus
In that cit - y— bright cit - y, Soon with lov'd ones I shall be;
-0- -Jh -0- - . ■£- . #- *-•
:p- — :t_J6-_-J^._r^- — :l:__t — . _te — 5- _ * «
^^^
And with Je-sus live for-ev-er, In that cit-y be-yord death's sea.
• • " X-L_«_±: * 0 0_m »_^#_ -
jr
£=t
«*:
Copyright, 1895, by John J. Hood.
X
Vo. 180.
FA S.
Wonderful Peace.
Frakk A. Simpkins.
1. I love to think that Je - sus knows My ev - 'ry heart-ache,
2. I love to think that Je - sus hears, My whis-per'd pray'rs, and
3. I love to think what joy 'twill be, When I havereach'd e-
mmm^^m
r
■f—
££
3
m
--&--
all my woes; And
sees my tears; And
ter - ni - ty; When
that He oft - en speakes to me, And
wiih His strong and might - y arm, He
1 have joined the an - gel band In
mm4
r
3sl
~
Chorus.
4
—
-0— <s>
^E£*s
bids me ev - er pa-tient be.
ev - er shields me from all harm. Peace, peace, wonderful peace 1 It
hal - le - lu - jahs loud and grand. Peace sweet peace, o
r
is love's rich - est re - ward!
gfe
love's
5>-
rich - est re - ward!
42-
Peace, peace, what
Peace, sweet peace,
BE L
s— s— ^— ^
~
&
«-h?
§^g^
won - dor - ful peace! The gift
=3
in
of our cru - ci - fied Lord.
**=
t
F&F
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H Gabriel-
Ho. 181. He That Winneth Souls.
E. E. Hewitt,
J. M. Harris.
1^-f-d
v K > P N P I lg= I -I ,. R—
*=*
1. Bless - ed is the serv - ice of our Lord and King,
2. In the qui - et home-life, show-ing love's bright ray,
3. Out up - on the high-way, go - ing forth with prayer,
4. Sow be - side all wa - ters, sow the gos - pel seed,
L/ t i> U
^£EEEE|
Pre-cious
More and
For the
Here a
=sfe=
the jew - els
more like Je - sus,
lost and stray - ing,
word in sea - son;
we may help
liv - ing ev
seek - ing ev
there a lov
-v —
bring; Down the pass-ing
'ry day, We may guide a
'ry - where, Close be -side the
ing deed; Sin - ners to the
r\ j* -*- *
L^
f m,-;-
HHP
3
i — ^
nr. ci lib.
i y-
41— 4-
^
n^
ag - es words of coun - sel ring, He that wiu-neth souls is wise,
dear one to the heav'n-ward way, Ho that win-neth souls is wise.
Shepherd, we His joy may share, He that win-neth souls is wise.
Sav - ior, be it ours to lead, He that win-neth souls is wise.
I ' *
He thatwinneth soulsis wise; In the home beyond the skies,
He that winneth, winneti souls is wise, In tie honia be - yond, beyond the skies,
&MJU
£
V&
*=t=t^
rHSktE=
^rit.ailib^ ^ V\S t
p—m p — P1 — fv— ; 1 1 — i— ^ V— h — ' r-i — I n
There's a crown of glo - ry, oh, the wondrous prize ! He that winneth souls is wise.
-£ ^ K !Eg=^Et-r-r:=E^[^l^:|F-r-| ltrr*fl
Copyright. 1904. by J. M. Harris.
r
Ho. 182.
My Anchor Holds.
1
W. C. Martin.
D. B. Towner.
w
=f
*=*
S±ElSf3*i
-I — t
*— •
p — p pi — r
1. Tho' the an - gry surg - es roll On my tern - pest driv-en soul,
2. Might-y tides a-bout me sweep, Per - ils lurk with-in the deep;
3. Troub-les al-most whelm the soul; Griefs like bil -lows o'er me roll;
h ft 4
h
-\r-
A-
A ■*=-.
^
I am peace-ful, for I know, Wild - ly tho' the winds may blow,
An - gry clouds o'er-shade the sky, And the tern -pest ris - es high;
Tempters seek to lure a - stray; Storms ob-scure the light of day;
h
wPi>L i —
*H— &-
?
f^=t=t
r — p-r
i
^
4-
I've an an - chor safe
Still
fczk
1 — r
»z=»-hJ-^-^-*'— g
• p P
-4-
an an - cnor sate and sure, That can
I stand the tempest's shock, For my
I can face them and be bold, I've an
i
iSHSCT=£
:%
*— c
ev - er-more en - dure,
an - chor grips the rock,
an - chor that shall hold.
I M I
-0 — 0 — 0-
^=M
Chorus
£%££=
And it holds, my an-chor holds; Blow your wild-est, then, 0
And it holds, - • . my an - chor holds; Blow your wild - est,
^. ^ A. jl A A jm ^.. + +<^& +
£
=«
*$
t=±
1±33E^E:
-t— f^jfc
1 — r
gale, Oh my bark so small and frail
then, 0 gale.
^1
S
I shall nev - er, nev - er
j^ggiii^r^ip*
3&- -tr-U
Copyright, 1902, by Daniel B. Towner.
«=E
My Anchor Holds.
ife
fail, For my an - chor holds, ray an-chor holds
For my an - chor holds, it firm - ly holds.
e
_b£L-gi
*=>
:|=
E£
f
S
No. 183.
Annie S. Hawks.
Who'll "be the Next?
Robert Lowey.
1. Who'll be the next to fol-low Je-sus? Who'll be the next His cross to bear?
2. Who'll be the next to fol-low Je - sus, Fol-low His wea-ry, b!eed-ing feet?
3. Who'll be the next to fol-low Je - sus?Who'llbe the next to praise His name?
4. Who'll be the next to fol-low Je -sus, Down thro' the Jordan's roliing tide?
I ! 3f=r— r=[ii-ii^
g?
--^i^t--^
Some one is read-y, some one is waiting, Who'll be the next a crown to wear?
Who'll be the next to lay ev- 'ry bur-den Down at the Father's mer-cy seat?
Who 11 swell the chorus of free redemption-Sing, hal-le-lu-jah!praise the Lamb?
Who'll be the next to join with the ransom'd, Singing up-on the oth - er side?
Who'll be the next?Who'll be the next?Who'll be the next to fol-low Je-sus?
*
Who ,11 be the next to fol
or
33
low Je
*
sus now?
Fol - low Je - sus now?
^ 4-
Copyright, 1899, by Robert Lowry. Used by per. of Mary Runyon Lowryr
No. 184. He Knoweth the Way.
Rev. W. R. Fitch.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
£=*
m
w~*
-■?-
T*
i=t
1. I know not the field where the Mas- ter to -day Would have me to
2. A pray r, or a tear, or a glance of the eye, May soft - en a
3. I can - not quite tell where to - day He will lead, Or say on what
4. Not blind-ly, I ween, do I fol - low my God, For mo-ment by
\> \>
^
V=$=^
h Is >-
02=fl—
mmmmmm
glean, and the sheaves gath-er in; But this I do know, He will show me the
heart that is care-less or cold; The Spir -it will help me, if on - ly I
er - rand He'll ask me to go; And yet I am sure that what-ev-er my
mo - ment He light-eth'the way; With faith nev-er-fail-ing, and trust in His
Is h Is ♦ h h
-fZ~P — a — P P— rP — P~
^H^-C-P^
t-y—r
Chorus.
^
^^^^'^^^^^^^^^=^3
i£
way To gar-ner the souls I am striv-ing to win.
try To lead a stray sheep back a-gain to the fold. He knoweth the
need His wis-dom and grace He will t'reeely bestow. For He knoweth the way, He
word, I take up the bur-den and work of each day.
Is
mmH^^^w$^^
'V V V V V V
9~y-V
P^mm^m^
Tvrt
way, His will I o - bey, What-ev-er be-
know-eth the way, His will I o - bey. His will I o - bey,
Is h fS
V— V-¥— V I V Ik V r~t"
#*£^
t-^-F5 h — ^ — K — »i U-l
fall, I can trust Him for all, He knoweth, He know-eth the way.
P-b v ^^^= - i H» p — g f_ ni=ta b — b-
^b— b-
Copyright, 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
t=$Z±tLZ±
-P—V—P-
m
w
No. 185.
Eev. W. P. Townsekd.
For All the World.
Geo. S. Schtlib.
1. 0 Christ on Thee my sins were laid, Thou hast for me the ran-som paid;
2. My soul, with shackles once bound fast, Cause to re-joice hath found at last;
3. My ma - ny sins are wash'da - way, In Thee I stand comlpete to - day;
J\>AJ. r- £ fc i r> i> I S.J J J J
m
Thy cross a - lone has made me free, I now have pardon, Lord, thro' Thee.
And for the love Thou gav-est me, I'll praise Thee thro'e - ter - ni - ty.
0 bless-ed Sav - ior, Ho-lyOne, 'Twasby Thycross the work was done.
IN IN
Ah/A J J J J. A j ;j. / j c i
H
His love is free, As well for
§K
si-
.For all the world
His love is tree,
JT_#.
sz:*:
^ \i < V—*~-
-**—*-
Fb&.
^gEfE^B
^=^=s=N:
g — f
£=5z^=£
thee, as well for me; Up-on His prom
As well for thee, as well for me; Up-on His prom-
^^RE^3^Hf
«—
ise all may lean, From ev-'ry sin may be made clean.
ise all may lean, And thro' His grace from ev'ry sin may be _ made clean.
+ -+ M-^-T^ + + + T .f— ,— f*^Z-
a=fe:
t
I, i r hP~g » *
*
s J / \S
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
1-
pc
"So. 186. More Like the Master.
C. H G.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
J.
1. More like the Mas - ter
2. More like the Mas - ter
3. More like the Mas - ter
-*-• -0- -0-
3®
±
I would ev - er be, More of His
is my dai - ly pray'r, More strength to
I would live and grow, More of His
0—~0 0 0 • | 0—-0 r F h tZ
fc=*=f
P2 ** ^fPFfr^1 ?e&3=stt=j^*=i=
m
meekness, more hu - mil - i - ty; More zeal to la - bor, more courage
car - ry cross - es I must bear; More earnest ef - fort to bring His
love to oth - ers I would show; More self-de - ni - al, like His in
♦ . J . -£- -*- -*- ■+■ -*-•*- .*- -0- JL
^
HP
=£
4=
fc=
fj'b 1 M I-' I ! J Jj\^' J H-J—^J-^t-l-^l I
^b:
to be true, More con- se- era- tion for work He bids me do.
king-dom in, More of His Spir-it, the wan-der-er to win.
Gal - i - lee, More like the Mas- ter I'm long-ing yet to be.
9
Chorus.
Take Thou my heart ... I would be Thine a-lone; . . . Take Thou my
Take my heart, 0 take my heart, I would be Thine a-lone; Take my heart, 0
-0- -0-
Lfc£+.
^=P=^=--=^
p LI /Hp_L_ 3
heart and make it all Thine own; . . Purge
gf
Purge me from sin, 0
i
take my heart and make
and make it all Thine own; . .
it all Thine own; Purge Thou me from ev - 'ry sin, 0
V-0 0-0—0^-0—0-0 1
t=£-;=ii — m — p"
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
More Like the Master.
-Wa— —? L#— •-» — !4#— #-»— »-L#— 0-m — a-Lg— 5-# — *~r:a— *— ^
Lord I now implore,. . Wash me and keep . . me Thine for-ev-er-more.
Lurd „ I now implore Wash and keep me Thine for-ev-er- more,
i Is - I M Is
is
m^^l^^m
» -
No. 187.
Charlotte G. Homer.
My Soul's Desire.
ft h l:
s:
=9+=*=t=t
Theodore E. Perkins.
1
1. On - ly one thing my soul de - sires — Just to be what my Lord re-quires;
2. Just to lay ev - 'ry i - dol by — Read-y to an-swer"Here am I;"
3. Fill'd with the Ho - ly Ghost may I La-bor for Him as days go by;
4. Je - sus, the prom-ise I would claim! Kin-die the Pen- ti- cost - al flame!
-0-m — 0 — ^* — *
— *— -f— * — *— : — ,-•--*— •— • — • — rr*
■v—r
\=±rt=J^--
-fl-^-rJ &
§S
Just to be such as He will own; Just to be His and His a - lone.
Will-ing to let His will de - cree Just what and where my work shall be.
Let me a faith - f ul reap-er be, Gath-er-ing for e - ter - ni - ty.
Breathe up-on me* Thy Spir - it now, As at the mer - cy seat I bow.
Chorus.
ISi
£=t
tt
fe
=£
5^3
:zv
^
=tp^=i
Just to go where He may lead me, Read-y for Him the cross to bear;
-0- -m-
^S
- rV
=3=F
t
1
EEf
£h
'us
53j
^P
Just to work where He may need me, Just to be faith - f ul is mypray'r.
-0. .0-
—m f—p^- — *— — * ■ *-'— a— * * * - — -k
V-
-0 — f
cp=v^_
i — v— i—
Copyright, 1906, by Chas. H. Gabriel.
r
Ho. 188.
Maud Frazer.
Keep on Trusting.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
3
- V
i^s
1. Keep oa trusting,tho'the skies are drear, Jesus loves you, there is naught to fear;
2. Keep on trusting, soon the sun will shine;Love is planning all this life of thine;
3. Keep on trusting, when your work seems vain, When your s jwing yields no golden grain,
PH — t— c— I F — l-i — i -i — I 1 — I t-* i ! — i-i — 1— i ^-i
-| J^M 1 * \—t 1 ^—m~i-f »4i-M ~\ — '- . .» . H •f-^-l
.Mil I Mil I I I I I I MINI
■+- Ml I
5
S
-=1-
^^p^n^^a
Be not faithless, He is true al - way, Keep on trust-ing day by day,
When the way you can -not understand, Trust the Savior's guid - ing hand.
God will bless each lov-ing deed of thine, Toil and trust and bide thy time.
-I
fa£3
=CT«3T
^A-A ^3 -I — «I-«nM-*- -*4—*-4-*-*-*-a
,*tf-V ■«!
Mil
4-
tc
E^=4r-
Chorus.
t£
^r
t=r
on trust-ing, trust-ing Je-sus, He for - ev - er reigns a - bove;
ffi f? fctj=gi^_*:
■»-
i I J— 3
±z
?=:
:E3
_L
-i=i
d
J — I — i-=r
PP
-«t
333=
-d?
He will nev - er fail or leave yoa, Keep on trust-ing in His love.
:£=*:
£=£
r
Copyright. 1908, by Chas. H. Gabriel
4
3
--s-
pgiUp
r
INDEX.
No"
A little Christian soldier 175
All the way my Savior leads 67
All thy works shall praise 148
Anywhere with Jesus 7
Are you on the Lord's side? 160
Around the cross 106
As the day breaks 61
A triumph song 88
A wonderful Savior 136
Be a blessing 103
Be a voice 68
Be earnest and steadfast 114
Behold the Lamb of God 49
Blesssd be the name 91
Bring them in 55
Cast thy bread upon the water 113
Choosing the hill country 82
Clinging to Jesus 45
Cloud or sunshine 40
Despised and rejected 122
Don't stand in the way 118
Every day and hour 81
Face to face 83
Following Jesus 150
Following the cross 154
For all the world 185
For Jesus 79
Footsteps of Jesus 177
Freedom 24
Gathering for the King 41
Gather them in 25
Gloria Patri 97
God is love 102
Grace to help me 133
Growing dearer each day 93
Guard the Bible well 1
Heavenly sunlight 149
He giveth His beloved sleep 104
He is calling 167
He is the Savior you need 135
He knoweth the way 184
He that winneth souls 181
Holy Ghost with light 129
Hosanna 164
I am coming to Thee 140
I am Thine, O Lord 99
No.
If you will 56
I have a Savior 155
I know that my Redeemer 29
I know whom I have believed 37
I love Him 101
I love Him best of all. 151
I need Thee every hour Ill
In that city 179
In the golden morning 84
In the shining of His face 18
It is victory 126
I will arise and go 131
Jesus is all the world to me 73
Jesus leads the way 15
Jesus needs me 116
Jesus will help if you try 147
Just to be like Jesus 85
Just when I need Him most 44
Just where you are 138
Keep the heart- bells ringing 32
Keep on the sunny side 14
Keep on trusting 181
Keep praying and trusting 178
Kept by the power of God 108
Lead me gently 30
Lead me Savior 159
Leaning on the everlasting arms.... 95
Let Jesus come into your 141
Let the gospel light shine 34
Life's golden jewels 168
Lift high the Lord's banner 76
Love one another 125
Marching orders 74
Marching in His name 128
Marching to the promised land 22
May I be faithful 158
Miles Lane 115
More about Jesus 75
More love to Thee 165
More like Jesus 145
More like the Master 186
More than a friend to me 6
My anchor holds 182
My prayer -. 107
My Savior first of all 51
My Savior's face 172
INDEX.
My Savior's love 8
My soul's desire 187
Nearer, still nearer 171
Near the cross 173
Never give up 52
Never say no when 161
Never turn back 109
Nobody told me of Jesus 50
Nothing satisfies but Jesus 17
0 love divine 28
One more day's work 117
Only a step 59
On to victory 63
Onward, forward 96
Orders 123
Our battle hymn 26
Our Shepherd true 139
Pass me not 169
Praise Him 78
Precious Name 153
Rescue the perishing 119
Rejoice in the Lord alway 120
Rouse ye, reapers 174
Safe in the arms of Jesus 121
Saved by grace 47
Scattering precious seed 64
Send out the sunlight 87
Serving Jesus 137
Singing of the Savior's love 58
Somebody needs you 2
Something worth doing . . . . 42
Someone is looking to you 35
Sowing — Reaping 170
Sewing the seed of the kingdom.... -69
Standing on the promises 27
Stand fast 39
Stand to your guns 20
Stand up, stand up for Jesus 112
Stepping in the light 11
Sunshine and rain 143
Sunshine in the soul 5
Still sweeter ev'ry day 110
Sweeter than all 163
Tell the sweet story 23
The army of the King 98
The banner of the cro^s (Gabriel) .... 100
The banner of the cross(McGranahan) 92
The call for reapers 53
The cloud and fire 80
The fight is on 54
The glory of the Lord 90
The grand old Bible 62
The "Loyalty" band 86
The marshaled host 46
The messenger 48
The prize before us ; 130
The slighted Stranger 146
The Son of God goes forth 89
The song in the air 166
The story never old 4
The sunlight of His love (Gabriel). . 13
The sunlight of His love (Chandler) . . 124
The world is learning to love Him. . . 36
The wondrous story 31
There shall be showers of blessing. . . 3
Thou art our King 72
Tidings, happy tidings 105
To Him that overcometh 152
To the work 16
Triumph by and by 33
True hearted, whole hearted 12
Trust and obey 132
Under-Shepherds 157
Victory 9
Victory ours shall be 19
Victory through grace 77
Walk in the Light 57
Watching over all 70
We will follow Thee 144
What they say 60
When Love shines in 134
When the roll is called 142
Whom having not seen 10
Who knows 176
Who'll be the next 183
Why should 1 43
Will the Master say "well done". ... 65
Will there be any stars 71
Winning its way 21
With us all the time 94
Wonderful love 38
Wonderful peace 180
"Yes" to God's will 162
You 66#
I You are needed 156
You may have the joy bells 127
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11